Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering &
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan
Tender Document Tender No.
Tender Name:
at
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
& Information Technology
Rahim Yar Khan
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan
TENDER NOTICE
Supply and Installation of Laboratory Equipment
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology Rahim Yar Khan invites sealed bids / tenders for the Supply and
Installation of Advanced Laboratory Equipment:
Sr. No. Tender No. Tender Name
01 Lab-014 Retender of Supply of Communication Laboratory Equipment
02 Lab-015 Retender of Supply of Microprocessor & Microcontroller Laboratory Equipment
03 Lab-021 Retender for Supply of Workshop Lab. Equipment
04 Lab-032 Supply of Renewable and Alternative Energies Lab. Equipment
05 Lab-033 Retender for Supply of Manufacturing Process Lab. Equipment
06 Lab-041 Supply of Environmental Engineering Lab. Equipment
07 Lab-042 Supply of Earth Quacks Lab. Equipment
08 Lab-048 Retender for Supply of Measurement and Instruementation Laboratory Equipment
09 Lab-049
Retender of Supply of Industrial Electronics Lab Equipment
10 Lab-050 Retender for Supply of Signal Processing Lab. Equipment
11 Lab-051 Retender for Supply of High Voltage Lab. Equipment
12 Lab-052 Retender for Supply of Workshop Lab. Equipment
13 Lab-053 Retender for Supply of Electrical Machines Lab. Equipment
14 Lab-056 Supply of General Purpose Lab Equipment
15 Lab-057 Supply of Database/Software Engineering Lab. Equipment
16 Lab-058 Supply of Networking Lab. Equipment
17 Lab-059 Supply of Programming Lab. Equipment
18 Lab-062 Supply of Advanced Equipment for Undergraduate Labs. I, II & III
19 Lab-063 Supply of Advanced Chemistry Lab. Equipment
20 Lab-064 Supply of Advanced Lab. of Physics Equipment
21 Lab-065 Supply of Advanced Lab. Equipment CS&IT
22 Lab-066 Supply of Equipment for Research Lab. of Electrical Engineering Department
23 Lab-067 Supply of Undergraduate Mathematics Lab. Equipment
24 Lab-068 Supply of Advanced Mathematics Lab. Equipment
25 Lab-069 Supply of Thermodynamics Lab. Equipment
26 Lab-070 Supply of Hydraulics Machinery Lab. Equipment
27 Lab-071 Supply of Fluid Mechanics Lab. Equipment
28 Lab-072 Supply of Computer Lab. Equipment
29 Lab-073 Supply of Mechanics of Material Lab. Equipment
30 Lab-074 Supply of Machine Tools Lab. Equipment
31 Lab-075 Supply of Instrumentation and Control Lab. Equipment
32 Lab-076 Supply of I.C. Engines Lab. Equipment
33 Lab-077 Supply of Aerodynamics/Gas Dynamics Lab. Equipment
34 Lab-078 Supply of Power Plants Lab. Equipment
35 Lab-079 Supply of Advanced Material Testing Lab. Equipment
36 Lab-080 Supply of Advanced Manufacturing Lab. Equipment
37 Lab-081 Supply of Advanced Simulation Lab. Equipment
Interested eligible bidders may get the tendered items‘ specification after submission of written application along with tender fee Rs.
3000/- in form of Bank Draft/Pay order (non-refundable) wh ich shall be issued only during working hours immediately after publication of
this tender. A copy of the Bidding Documents is available for information and can be downloaded from the websites www.kfueit.edu.pk or
www.ppra.punjab.gov.pk. In case the bidding documents are downloaded from websites, the required cost of the bidding documents shall be paid at
the time of submission of bids.
Single stage two envelop bidding procedure shall be applied. The Bid Security / Earnest Money @ 2% of the Estimated Cost in the form
of Bank Draft in favor of KFUEIT, RYK is required to be submitted along with the Technical Bid, otherwise the offer shall be rejected for being
non-responsive. Sealed bids must reach the office of Director Procurement as per above schedule on or before 10-07-2017 at 1:30 pm. The bids shall be
opened on the same day at 2:00 pm.
Note: All assessments and KFUEIT procedure i.e. Receiving, opening and awarding etc. shall be governed by the Punjab Public
Procurement Rules.
Director Procurement
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology
Abu Dhabi Road, Rahim Yar Khan Tel: 068-5882420 Email: [email protected]
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan
intends to purchase " ___________________________Laboratory
Equipment‖. This tender is issued for the supply, installation, putting into operation and
demonstration of the working of the Laboratory Equipment as per the Schedule of requirements
given in this Tender Document.
1. Language of Tender
The Tender along with any accompanying literature shall be prepared in English
language only.
2. Submission of Tender
a) The Tender shall be enclosed in a double cover. The outer cover shall bear the address of
the Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab, without any indication that it encloses a tender.
The inner cover shall be marked with the title of the Tender, number of the Tender and
the date of opening of the Tender, and must be sealed.
b) The Form for Tender, (Annexure-A) Tender Particulars (Annexure-B) and Forms of
Schedule to Tender (Annexure ―C1‖&‖C2‖) enclosed herewith, shall be submitted in
duplicate. The authorized person signing the tender documents must state his full name
and authorized position, designation underneath his signature.
c) The erasing and/or alterations, if any, in the Tender shall be authenticated by the
authorized person with his full signature.
d) The Tender shall be accompanied with the original quotations from the manufacturers,
in case the Tender is submitted through their authorized agents or distributors, and shall
be supported by credentials establishing the experience and standing of the manufacturers
and / or their authorized agents or distributors.
e) Ambiguous and incorrect answers and/or incorrect filling of Tender Documents will
render the tender liable to rejection.
f) Quotations through cable, telegraph, fax, or e-mail will not be considered.
g) The bidder shall not rely on any interpretation or correction given by any person
except the written addenda and/or corrigenda to documents issued by the Director
Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab.
3. Bid Security and Performance Guarantee
a) The bidder shall enclose with his/her tender a Bid Security issued by a
scheduled/commercial bank doing business in Pakistan, for an amount equivalent to 2%
of the total cost of the Laboratory Equipment/ Licensed Software offered as per the
Tender submitted by him/her. The Bid Security shall be in favour of the Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab. The
security so furnished shall remain valid for a period 60 days beyond the period of
validity of the Tender or till it is revalidated/extended for a period mutually agreed upon
by the bidder and the Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab.
b) As soon as an award is made, the provisions in paragraphs 3. (c) and (d), hereunder, shall
operate.
c) If the Tender is rejected, the Bid Security will be returned to the bidder as soon as
possible after rejection.
d) The successful bidder shall have to give a Performance Guarantee, to the extent of
10% of the total value of the contract on the same conditions as the Bid Security. The
Performance Guarantee shall be retained by the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab, till the completion of the
guarantee period as per Clause 23 of the Conditions of Contract.
4. Quality of Equipment.
a) The Laboratory Equipment and other relevant materials (hereinafter called
“Equipment”) quoted and supplied against this ―Tender Notice‖ shall be strictly in
accordance with the Specifications attached with this Tender Document. The Equipment
shall be the product of an established manufacturer and shall conform to internationally
acceptable commercial standards, and shall be a model that has been successfully
operated over a reasonable period of time in educational institutions R&D organizations,
or relevant industry.
b) The bidder must also warrant the use of best material in the making of the Equipment.
c) The Equipment offered by the bidder must be of a quality suitable for the purposes and
operations for which they are required, and must be capable of rendering the required
performance and services at site in the local conditions of extreme climate, air, dust,
water, power and fuel at Rahim Yar Khan.
d) The Hardware for operation of the Equipment will be made available by the University.
e) The Equipment offered shall be complete with their standard accessories and must be
accompanied by their normal instructions book/manual/CD/DVDs.
f) Wherever possible or feasible, each item of Equipment offered must have its own
protection devices, e.g., overload protection by circuit breakers or fuses, or voltage
stabilizer for electric equipment.
g) Unless stipulated otherwise in the specifications for any item, the Equipment conforming
to International Standards will be acceptable.
h) The successful bidders may be asked to supply list of spares for 5 years satisfactory
operation of any item of the Equipment, prior to award of the contract.
5. Literature
The bidder must furnish with their bids catalogues giving full technical details of the
Equipment to enable the Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, to check their offers technically against
the prescribed specifications failing which the offers will be liable to rejection.
6. Principals Name, Certificate and Invoice
a) The bidder are requiried to mention in their quotations/offers the name and address of
their Principals along with a certificate authorizing them (bidder) to quote on their
(Principals) behalf as under:
―This is to certify that M/S.__________________________located
at______________________________________ have obtained quotations from us
against tender inquiry No._______ dated ______ from Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, due for opening on
____________ and have agreed to make available the Equipment on the quotations and
terms and conditions of the tender‖.
The above condition does not apply to the manufacturers bidding directly.
b) The bidder must also furnish along with their offers their Principals original Proforma
Invoice failing which their offers will be rejected.
7. Country of Origin
The bidder must state in his Tender the country of origin of the Equipment offered.
8. Prices
a) CATEGORY-„A‟ Equipment Manufactured/Available in Pakistan without
Involving Import
The prices quoted must be total per unit in Pakistani Rupees as shown in Annexure “C-
1” and shall include:
i. All charges for packing, marking, handling, insurance, inspection, guarantees,
freight/transportation, agent‘s commission; and all duties, taxes, levies, octrois
etc; and.
ii. The cost of installation, putting into operation and demonstration of the working
of the Equipment in the premises of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
b) CATEGORY-“B”. Equipment Imported from approved Countries
The prices must be quoted for each item of Equipment in Annexure-“C2” separately for
each of the PARTS given below:
PART-1. Payment in Foreign currency
i. The C&F prices quoted by the Principals in the currency of the country of origin.
ii. For the purpose of comparison, the prices quoted shall be converted to equivalent
prices in Pakistani Rupees on the basis of the official bank rate prevalent on the
date of opening of the Financial Proposal.
PART-2 Payment in Pakistani Rupees
i. The agent‘s/Supplier / Contractor‘s commission in Pakistani Rupees.
ii. The insurance charges. The insurance will be arranged by the Supplier /
Contractor through the University. The University will assist the Supplier /
Contractor in obtaining the insurance at concessional rates, if any, as allowed by
the Government.
iii. The cost of installation, putting into operation and demonstration of the working
of the Equipment in the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, in Pakistani Rupees.
iv. All the charges pertaining to handling and clearance of the Equipment at the port
including all taxes, levies, octrois etc. but excluding the customs duties for the
payment of which the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan is exempted by the Government. However, if the
customs duties are charged for any items of the Equipment, the Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan will
make the payment.
v. The transportation charges for transporting the Equipment from the port to the
premises of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, including the charges for loading the Equipment at
the port and unloading the same at the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
vi. For the purpose of evaluation/comparison of bids, as stated in Clause-15, the total
price for the Equipment under this Category shall be the sum of the amounts
mentioned for Parts 1 & 2 above.
(c) In addition to what is stated in para 8 (a) & (b) above, the prices given in Annexure C1 &
C2 shall also include the following for the Equipment of both the Categories-A & B.
(i) Supply, detailing, manufacture, factory testing, export preparation and all costs
incidental to shipping/transport up to the stage of installation in the premises of the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar
Khan.
(ii) Responsibility for any loss and/or damage at any stage from manufacturing to
installation in the premises of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
(iii) Provision for clean on boards bills of landing.
(iv) The cost of export taxes, fees and charges levied and outgoing incurred on exporting
goods in the country of origin.
(v) The expenses on account of the certificate of origin, invoices or any other documents
issued in the country of origin.
9. Validity of Prices/Tender
a) The prices quoted shall be valid for a period of at least 120 days from the date of
opening of the tender.
b) Until the final Contract is executed, the successful bidder shall be bound by the terms
and conditions of this Tender Document.
10. Acceptance of the Terms
a) The submission of the tender against this tender notice by the bidder means that the
bidder has read and accepted the terms and conditions relating to all the tender
documents and annexure, and that he/she have thoroughly examined the
specifications and particulars in the tender inquiry. Further the tender shall be deemed
to be fully aware of the nature of the Equipment and the purpose for which they are
required and shall be bound to accept the Contract if placed with him/her on the basis
of the prices and of the delivery schedule as indicated in Clause 11 hereof within the
validity of his/her Tender.
b) If the Tender is awarded in favour of Proprietor/Principals who has no authorized
agent or distributor in Pakistan, he/she shall have to appoint a distributor or nominee
for the purpose of successful completion of the contract and to provide after-sales
service.
11. Delivery Period.
i. Shipment of Imported Items.
a) The shipment of the items of Equipment which are to be imported shall be started
as early as possible, the shipment schedule shall be submitted to the Director
Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, and shall be negotiable and subject to approval by
the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan.
b) The bidder must indicate in his/her offer, the port from where the Equipment will
be shipped.
ii. Delivery Period.
a) The entire Equipment must be delivered, installed and put into operation at the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan as early as possible after receiving the letter of award of the Contract.
b) The bidder shall give in the offer his/her own schedule for the delivery and
installation of various items of the Equipment which shall be negotiable and
subject to approval of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
iii. Delay in the Delivery of the Equipment/Software.
a) For the Equipment delayed beyond the delivery period, as specified in the
Contract, or as approved by the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology as stated in Clause 11 ii b) above, there shall be levied
liquidated damages as specified in Clause 22 of the Conditions of Contract given
in this Tender Document.
b) The liquidated damages may be waived fully or partially by the Director
Procurement Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, with the approval of the Vice Chancellor of the
University, if there are reasonable grounds for such a delay.
12. Negotiations.
Under no circumstances will the negotiations take place with any bidder with regard to
Specifications and Prices quoted and read out at the public opening of the tenders and
with regard to the substance of the offer. The bidder cannot revise their prices after the
public opening of the tenders.
13. Rights of the University
a) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, reserves the right to reject any or all bids as mentioned in PPRA rules, or
not waive minor irregularities or errors in any offer. If it appears to the Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, that
such irregularities or errors must be corrected in the offer in which they occur, the
same will be corrected prior to issue of the letter of intent which may be awarded
thereupon.
b) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, is neither bound to accept the lowest or any other offer nor is it bound to
assign reason for rejection of any offer.
c) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, reserve the right to award the contract to one bidder or divide it among
several bidders.
d) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of the Equipment at
its discretion without assigning any reason whatsoever.
e) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, reserves the right to cancel the offer of the bidder whose bid has been
found / evaluated to be the lowest if it is revealed to the Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, that the bidder does not have the capability
or financial resources or facilities to carry out the Contract in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Tender Document.
14. Evaluation of Bids.
i. Technical Evaluation
All bids shall be evaluated on technical and financial merit. The Company Evaluation
Criteria is attached at Annex „D‟ for reference. Technical evaluation process may include,
but not limited to the consideration of the following with respect to the functional
requirements given below:
a) Technical specifications of proposed item
b) Company Profile (Age of the company & financial strength of the bidder)
ii. Financial Evaluation
a) For the purpose of evaluation, the prices to be compared shall be the total prices
inclusive of all duties, taxes, freight charges etc. as stated in clause 8 titled ―Prices‖
above.
(i) For the items quoted in Annexure-C-1, the total prices as mentioned in Clause-8
(b) shall be compared.
(ii) For comparison of the items quoted in Annexure C-1 with those quoted in
Annexure C-2, the total prices as mentioned in Clause-8 (a) including the
charges/cost packing, making, handling, insurance, inspection guarantees,
clearance, freight/transportation upto the University‘s premises duties, taxes,
levies, etc.
15. Errors in the Bids.
(i) Any arithmetic errors found during evaluation of bids will be rectified on the
following basis:
a. If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained
by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total
price shall be corrected by the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
b. If there is a discrepancy between the words and figures, the amount in figures
shall prevail.
c. If there is any discrepancy between the total tender price entered in the Articles of
Agreement and the total shown in the Schedule of Prices, the amount stated in the
Articles of Agreement shall be corrected by the Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan in accordance with
the corrected schedule of Prices.
(ii) If the bidder does not accept the corrected amount of tender, his/her Tender
will be rejected and the Bid Security submitted with the tender shall be forfeited.
16. Foreign Exchange for Items of Equipment to be imported.
For the items of Equipment which are to be imported and for which the prices have been
quoted on C&F basis in Annexure C-2, the University will arrange payment in the foreign
currency, to the extent of the C&F amount, as stated in Clause 8 (b), through its bank in
Pakistan in accordance with the prevailing foreign exchange control rules/regulations of
the Government of Pakistan.
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. Scope of the Contract
a) The Scope of the Contract shall be the supply, delivery, installation, putting into
operation and demonstration of the working of the Equipment in the premises of
the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab, in accordance with the technical Specifications and Bill
of Quantities enclosed in this Tender Document.
b) The Supplier / Contractor shall within a period of fifteen days of the execution of
the agreement furnish to the University a detailed program for supply and
delivery of various items of the Equipment for necessary approval by the Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
2. Definition of Terms
In writing these Conditions of Contract, Specifications and Bill of Quantities, the
following words shall have the meanings hereby indicated, unless there is something in
the subject matter or Contract inconsistent with such constructions:
i. The University shall mean the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab.
ii. The Director Procurement shall mean the Director Procurement of Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab,
including his successor in office and assignees, empowered to act in all matters
pertaining to the University either directly or through the Director Procurement
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar
Khan.
iii. The Supplier / Contractor or Supplier / Contractor shall mean the Bidder whose
Bid has been accepted by the University and shall include the Bidder‘s executors,
administrators, successors and permitted assignees.
iv. The Equipment shall mean and include all the Laboratory Equipment/ Licensed
Software, literature, materials and articles to be provided by the Supplier / Contractor
under the Contract.
v. The Contract shall mean the agreement signed by the Supplier / Contractor for the
supply, delivery, installation, putting into operation and demonstration for the
working of the Equipment, as stated under the Scope of the Contract above.
vi. The Contract Price shall mean the sum mentioned in or calculated in accordance
with the provisions of the Contract, which is to be paid to the Supplier / Contractor
for satisfactory execution of the Contract in accordance with these Conditions of
Contract.
vii. The Specifications shall mean the specifications annexed to or issued, herewith, and
shall include the schedule and drawings attached here to as well as the samples and
patterns if any.
viii. Month shall mean the Calendar month.
ix. Writing shall include any manuscript, type-written, printed or other statement
reproduced in any visible form and whether under seal or under hand.
3. Contract Documents.
a) The term Contract Document shall mean the following documents which shall
be deemed to form an integral part of the Contract:
i. Instructions to Bidder;
ii. Conditions of Contract;
iii. Articles of Agreement;
iv. Supplier/ Contractor‘s Proposal / Offer including the relevant
correspondences prior to signing of the agreement with all Annexure duly
filled in;
v. The Specifications of the Equipment; and
vi. Bill of Quantities with prices.
b) In the event of any conflict between the above mentioned documents, the present
Articles of Agreement and Conditions of Contract shall prevail.
4. Signing of the Contract Agreement
Within 15 days of the issue of the letter of intent, the successful bidder (bidders) will be
required to sign an agreement with the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan for the supply of such quantity, in whole or in
part, of the tendered Equipment as will be communicated to him / her (them) in the letter
of intent.
5. Packing, Marking and Handling
a) All the Equipment/Software, whether imported or locally manufactured /
available, shall be delivered to the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, in safe and secure condition at the
risk and cost of the Supplier / Contractor.
b) The packing, marking and handling shall be so arranged by the Supplier /
Contractor as to prevent any loss of or damage to the Equipment.
c) In case any of the items of the Equipment are to be imported by the Supplier /
Contractor, the import shall be arranged by the Supplier / Contractor himself /
herself with such packing and marking and through such means as deemed fit by
him / her for safe and secure delivery at University. The packing of the equipment
shall be the usual export packing to ensure safe journey by air, sea, rail and road,
as the case may be, of the Equipment to destination. Each packing shall be clearly
marked in English with the following:
i. Port of Destination: KARACHI.
ii. Name of the Ship: ______________
iii. Name of the Consignee: DIRECTOR PROCUREMENT
KHWAJA FAREED UNIVERSITY OF
ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY, RAHIM YAR KHAN,
PUNJAB, PAKISTAN
i. Name of the Supplier / Contractor: SUPPLIER / CONTRACTOR‘S
NAME & ADDRESS
ii. Case Number & Contents: ___________________________
iii. Net Weight & Dimensions: (length, Breadth & Height)
iv. Gross Weight: (Kg.)
v. Number & Date of Contract: ________________________
vi. Marking: KFUEIT in a 6 in. x 4 in. rectangle
KFUEIT
6. Transportation and Shipment
a. For Equipment to be Imported
i. All those items of Equipment which are to be imported by the Supplier /
Contractor shall be shipped by whatever means the Supplier / Contractor
deems fit at his / her risk and cost. The Supplier / Contractor must keep
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan, informed of the shipping arrangements, schedule of
shipping, arrival at the port, clearance from the port, and transportation
from the port to the University at Rahim Yar Khan.
ii. All costs of loading of the Equipment from the wharves at port of
shipment and also the cost of ship wharf age / berthing, demurrage
charges, stevedoring, handling charges and other port and river dues in
respect of shipment companies‘ vessels at the port of shipment and all
other expenditure up to the stage of placing the Equipment at rest on board
the ship and the freight charges shall be borne by the Supplier /
Contractor.
iii. Similarly all costs of unloading the Equipment at the wharves, wharf age /
berthing, demurrage, stevedoring, handling charges and other port dues at
the port of arrival in Pakistan and transportation from the port up to the
stage of placing the Equipment position in the premises of the University
shall be borne by the Supplier / Contractor. In order to facilitate the
clearance of the Equipment at the port of arrival, a clearing agent will be
engaged by the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, in consultation with the Supplier /
Contractor, who will get the Equipment cleared with the assistance of the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan, and the Supplier / Contractor, and the clearing agent‘s
charges shall be borne by the Supplier / Contractor.
iv. All things being equal, Pakistan flag ships should be used, as far as
possible, for shipment of the Equipment. If no such ship is available, such
other ships may be used consistent with the execution of this Contract with
economy and efficiency.
v. The Equipment must be shipped under deck
vi. The Supplier / Contractor shall send by air mail / courier service or
personally deliver 4(four) sets of non-negotiable shipping documents
direct to the Director Procurement Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab, so as
to reach him at least 8 (eight) days before arrival of the ship at the port in
Pakistan.
b. For Equipment Manufactured / Available in Pakistan
i. All those items of the Equipment which are to be manufactured in
Pakistan, or are to be supplied from the locally available stocks (whether
imported or manufactured in Pakistan), may be transported from the place
of manufacture or availability to Rahim Yar Khan, by any mode of
transportation as deemed convenient and suitable by the Supplier /
Contractor at his / her risk and cost.
ii. All costs of handling, loading, transportation, unloading and placing the
Equipment in position in the premises of the Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, shall be
borne by the Supplier / Contractor.
7. Pre-shipment and After-fabrication Inspection
a) The pre-shipment inspection and / or the inspection of the Equipment
Principals/Proprietor at the premises, if desired by the Khwaja Fareed University
of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, shall be arranged
by the Supplier / Contractor at his / her own cost. The responsibility for the
quality, quantity, correctness and adherence to the Specifications etc. of the
Equipment shall lie solely and squarely on the Supplier / Contractor.
b) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan may, at its discretion, waive pre-shipment inspection and hence
issue the waiver in writing so that the Equipment could be shipped under
manufacturer‘s test certificate. This waiver shall be deemed as authorization to
ship for the purpose of negotiating the letter of credit under Clause 13 (b) ii.
c) The pre-shipment inspection and/or the waiver thereof shall in no any above the
Supplier / Contractor of any of his obligations under this Contract.
8. Insurance
The Supplier / Contractor shall arrange the insurance for the Equipment in whatever
way he / she deems fit at his / her risk and cost. The prices quoted in the offer of the
Supplier / Contractor shall include the cost of insurance. The Supplier / Contractor shall
have to inform Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan of the Insurance Arrangements made by him / her for the Equipment.
9. On-arrival Inspection
There shall be inspection of the Equipment by the representatives of the University after
arrival in the premises of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, in presence of the Supplier / Contractor or his authorized
representatives and the representatives of the insurance company. The inspection
report, which, inter-alia, should indicate the condition in which each item of the
Equipment has been received, shall be signed by the above representatives. The Supplier /
Contractor shall coordinate with the Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, and the insurance company for arranging the
inspection at such date and time as is convenient to the above representatives.
10. Taking Over
Upon receipt of the Laboratory Equipment in the premises of the University and after
inspection, as stated in Clause 9 above, the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, will issue a taking-over certificate in respect
of those items of Equipment which are received in acceptable condition. The taking-over
of the damaged items will be with-held until the same are repaired / replaced and are re-
inspected and found in acceptable condition.
11. Installation and Demonstration of Equipment/Software
a). Installation
i) After inspection and taking over of the Equipment, as stated in Clauses 9 and 10
above, if required the Supplier / Contractor shall install those items of
Equipment which are to be permanently positioned in place in the premises of the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan. For this purpose, the Supplier / Contractor shall co-ordinate with the
Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, for making arrangements for the Hardware needed
for the installation.
ii) The cost of hardware for such installation shall be borne by the Supplier /
Contractor/ Contractor as per contract. The Supplier / Contractor shall provide,
along with his offer, the details of the hardware needed for each item of the
Equipment separately. The technical and other personnel needed for installation
of the Equipment shall be provided by the Supplier / Contractor at his cost. The
entire cost of installation, configuration, application except that of the needed
hardware, shall be borne by the Supplier / Contractor.
b) Demonstration
i) After installation of the Equipment, as stated in Clause 11 a) above, the complete
working of each item of Equipment for the purpose of performing the intended
Laboratory experiments, testing of specimens and recording of the test results etc.,
shall be demonstrated fully to the designated staff of the University by the
Supplier / Contractor or his technical personnel.
ii) The entire cost, including the T.A. / D.A. of the personnel involved in the
demonstration, shall be borne by the Supplier / Contractor.
12. Completion Certificate
After completion of the installation and demonstration, as stated in Clause 11 above, a
certificate is to be obtained by the Supplier / Contractor from the concerned Head of the
Department at University stating that the Equipment (item-wise) have been
satisfactorily installed and demonstrated by the Supplier / Contractor.
13. Terms of Payment
The Supplier / Contractor shall be paid for Equipment in the following manner:
a) CATEGORY A: Equipment Manufactured/Available in Pakistan
without involving import.
i. For all those items of Equipment for which the completion certificate has been
issued as stated in Clause 12 above, the University will pay to the Supplier /
Contractor total price of the items quoted by the Supplier / Contractor.
ii. The payment for those items of Equipment for which the completion certificate
has not been issued as stated in Clause 12 above, will be with-held and released
only after the damaged items are replaced / repaired, re-inspected and found in
satisfactory condition with consequent issuance of the completion certificate. The
payment will be made in the same manner as stated in Clause 13 a) i above.
b) CATEGORY-B: Equipment Imported from Approved Countries.
The payment for this category of Equipment will be made in two parts as under:-
PART-I. Payment in Foreign currency
i. An irrevocable letter of credit of the C&F price, in the currency quoted
by the Principals, will be opened in a bank in the country of origin in favor
of the Principals/Supplier / Contractor within 30 days after issuance of
Purchase Order and signing the Contract.
ii. The letter of credit amount will be paid against presentation of the
shipping documents to the bank through the above letter of credit. The
required shipping documents include:
Clean on board bill of lading;
Supplier / Contractor‘s detailed invoice showing description of the
Equipment, specifications, quantity, unit price and total price;
Detailed packing list;
Certificate of origin of the Equipment and
Certificate of pre-shipment/after-fabrication inspection or
authorization to ship the Equipment as per Clause-7.
PART-2. Payment in Pakistani Rupees
The Rupee component of the price of the Equipment, as stated in Clause 9b) of
“Instructions to Bidders” will be paid to the Supplier / Contractor in the following
manner:
i. For all those items of Equipment for which the taking over certificate has been
issued by the University, as stated in Clause 10 above, the University will pay
as per contract of the total price of the items quoted by the Supplier /
Contractor/ Contractor.
ii. The payment for those items of Equipment for which the completion
certificate has not been issued by the University, as stated in Clause 10 above,
will be withheld and released only after the damaged items are
replaced/repaired, re-inspected and found in satisfactory condition with
consequent issuance of the completion certificate. The payment will be made
in the same manner as stated in Clause 13 a)i above
14. Warranty / Guaranty
a) The Supplier / Contractor shall warranty that the Equipment shall be fit for the
purposes and operation mentioned in the relevant clauses of the ―Instructions to
the bidders‖ and ―Conditions of Contract‖, notwithstanding the fact that the entire
Equipment, or any item or part of the Equipment, bear or are found to bear a
patent or trade mark.
b) The Supplier / Contractor shall guarantee supply of good quality Equipment in
accordance with the Specifications and as stated in Clauses 4 and 5 of the
―Instructions to the bidders‖. Further, the Equipment shall be brand new and
absolutely free from all defects in material, quality and workmanship. In case of
defects, the defective Equipment, or the defective parts / components of the
Equipment thereof, shall be replaced by the Supplier / Contractor free of cost to
the University within reasonable time.
15. Breach of Contract
In case of breach of warranty /guarantee or Contract, the damages suffered by the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar
Khan, shall be recovered from the Supplier / Contractor out of any payment due to the
Supplier / Contractor and / or from the Performance Guarantee submitted by the Supplier
/ Contractor.
16. Supplier / Contractor‟s Default Liability
a) Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, may upon written notice of default to the Supplier / Contractor
terminate the Contract in the circumstances detailed hereunder:
i. If in the judgment of the University, the Supplier / Contractor fails to
make delivery of the Equipment within the time specified in the Contract
Agreement or within the period for which extension has been granted by
the University; and
ii. If, in the judgment of the University, the Supplier / Contractor fails to
comply with any of the other provisions of the Contract.
b) In the event the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, terminates the Contract, in whole or in part, as
provided in Clause 16 a) above, the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, reserves the right to purchase, on
such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, Equipment similar to the
one terminated, and the Supplier / Contractor will be liable to the University for
any additional costs for such similar Equipment, and / or for liquidated damages
for delay, as defined in Clause 22 of the Conditions of Contract until such
reasonable time as may be required for the final supply of the Equipment.
c) If the Contract is terminated, as provided in Clause 16 a) above, Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, in
addition to any other rights provided in this Clause, may require the Supplier /
Contractor to transfer title and deliver to the University under any of the
following cases in the manner and as directed by the University:
i) Any completed Equipment; and
ii) Such partially completed Equipment, drawings, information and
contract right (hereinafter called manufacturing material) as the Supplier /
Contractor has specifically produced or acquired for the performance of
such parts of the Contract as has been terminated.
d) The Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology,
Rahim Yar Khan, will pay to the Supplier / Contractor the Contract Price for
the completed Equipment delivered to and accepted by the Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, and
also for the manufacturing materials delivered and accepted.
e) In the event the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, does not terminate the Contract, as provided in
Clause 16 a) above, the Supplier / Contractor shall continue with the performance
of his / her Contract, in which case the Supplier / Contractor shall be liable to the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, for Liquidated Damages for delay as set out in Clause 22 until the
Equipment are accepted.
17. Bankruptcy
If the Supplier / Contractor shall become bankrupt or have a receiving order made
against him / her or compound with his / her creditors, or being a corporation commence
to be wound up, not being a voluntary winding up for the purpose of amalgamation or
reconstruction, or carry on its business under a receiver for the benefit of its creditors or
any of them, University shall be at liberty to:
a) terminate the Contract forthwith by a notice in writing to the Supplier /
Contractor or to the liquidator or receiver or to any person in whom the Contract
may becomes vested, and to act in the manner provided in Clause 16 above as
though the last mentioned notice has been the notice referred in such Clause and
the Equipment have been taken out of the Supplier / Contractor‘s hand; and / or
b) give such liquidator, receiver, or other person the option of carrying out the
Contract subject to his / her providing a guarantee for the due and faithful
performance of the Contract upto an amount to be determined by the University.
18. Termination of Contract
a) If, for any cause as set forth in Clause 19 hereafter, the Supplier / Contractor find
it impracticable to continue operation or, if owing to force majeure or to any cause
beyond its control, the University finds it impossible to continue operation, then
prompt notification in writing shall be given by the party affected to the other.
b) If the delay or difficulties so caused cannot be expected to cease or become
avoidable, or if operation cannot be resumed within six months, then either party
shall have the right to terminate the Contract by giving ten (10) days written
notice to the other.
c) In the event of termination of the Contract under this Clause, payment will be
made to the Supplier / Contractor as follows:
i) The Supplier / Contractor shall be paid for all the Equipment for which the
completion certificate has been issued, as stated in Clause 12, and for all
the reimbursable expenses due and unpaid.
ii) The Supplier / Contractor shall also be paid reasonably for any work done
during the said six months period as well as for settlement of any financial
commitment made in connection with proper performance of the Contract
and which are not reasonably defrayed by payments under i) above.
iii) On termination of the contract for any cause, the Supplier / Contractor
shall see to the orderly suspension and termination of operations with due
consideration to the interests of the University with respect to completion,
safeguarding or storing of the Equipment produced for the performance of
the Contract and the salvage and resale thereof.
19. Force Majeure.
The Supplier / Contractor shall not be liable for any additional cost or for liquidated
damages for delay or any failure to perform the Contract arising out of force majeure or
cause beyond his / her control including acts of God, or of the public enemy, or of the
Government, fires, floods, epidemic quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes
and default of sub Supplier / Contractors due to any such cause (unless the Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, shall determine that the
Equipment to be furnished by the Supplier / Contractor might reasonably have been
obtained from other sources in sufficient time to allow the Supplier / Contractor to meet
the required time schedule), provided that the Supplier / Contractor shall within ten (10)
days from the beginning of such delay notify the Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology, writing of the causes of the delay. The
University shall ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay and extend the time for
completing the supplies as in its judgment the findings justify.
20. Rejection
a) In the event any portion of the Equipment supplied by the Supplier / Contractor is
found before taking over to be defective in material or workmanship, or
otherwise not in conformity with the requirements of the Contract, the Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, shall have the
right to either reject or require, in writing, rectification of the Equipment. In the
later case, the Supplier / Contractor shall with utmost diligence, and at his own
expense, make good the defects so specified or replace the defective Equipment.
If the Supplier / Contractor fail to rectify or replace the rejected Equipment,
University may adopt any of the following options:
i) replace or rectify, at its option, such defective Equipment and charge to
the Supplier / Contractor the excess cost occasioned to the Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering and Information Technology, plus (15%) fifteen
percent; or
ii) acquire the said Equipment at a reduced price considered equitable under
the circumstances; or
iii) Terminate the Contract as provided in Clause 18 of these Conditions of
Contract.
b) Nothing in this Clause shall affect any claim by the University under Clause 22
hereafter.
21. Extension of Time
If the completion of the Contract is delayed due to reason beyond the control of the
Supplier / Contractor, the Supplier / Contractor shall without delay request Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, in writing, of his claim
for an extension of time. Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, on receipt of such request may agree to extend the completion date as may
be reasonable in the circumstances of the case but without prejudice to other terms and
conditions of the Contract.
22. Delay in Delivery - Liquidated Damages
a) Should the progress of the Contract at any time be lagging behind the program
agreed between the University and the Supplier / Contractor, University will
notify the Supplier / Contractor in writing and the Supplier / Contractor shall there
upon take such steps as he / she may deem fit to expedite the progress of the
Contract. Non-issuance of this notice by the University shall not in any way
absolve the Supplier / Contractor of the liquidated damages as stated in Clause 22
b) below.
b) If the Supplier / Contractor fails to complete the Contract, in full or part, within
the time laid down in the Contract Agreement or any extension thereof, there shall
be deducted from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages, a sum of one half of
one percent (0.5%) of the Contract price of each unit of the delayed Equipment
for each calendar week of delay subject to the maximum of five percent (5%) of
the Contract Price of the unit or units so delayed, and such deduction shall be in
full satisfaction of the Supplier / Contractor‘s liability for the said failure.
23. Period of Guarantee
a) The term period of guarantee shall mean the period of twelve (12) months from
the date on which the Equipment have been put into operation and demonstrated
to Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology staff.
b) During the period of guarantee, the Supplier / Contractor shall remedy, at his /
her expense, all defects in design, materials, and workmanship that may develop
or are revealed under normal use of the said Equipment upon receiving written
notice from the University; the notice shall indicate in what respect the Equipment
are faulty.
c) The provisions of this Clause include all the expenses that the Supplier /
Contractor may have to incur for delivery and installation of such replacement
parts, material, and equipment as are needed for satisfactory operation of the
Equipment at the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology premises.
24. Non-assignment
The Supplier / Contractor shall not have the right to assign or transfer without the prior
approval of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology
the benefit and obligations of the Contract or any part thereof.
25. Expenditure under Contract
The Supplier / Contractor shall not make any expenditure for the purpose of this Contract
in any country not authorized by the Government of Pakistan.
26. Certificate Not to Affect the Rights of Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and
Information Technology or the Supplier / Contractor
No certificate of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology on account nor any sum paid on account by the Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering and Information Technology nor any extension of time for the delivery of
the Equipment pursuant to Clause 19 shall affect or prejudice the rights of the Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology against the Supplier
/ Contractor nor relieve the Supplier / Contractor of his obligation for due performance
of the Contract or be interpreted as approval of the Equipment supplied, and no certificate
shall create liability of the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology to pay for the alterations, amendments, variations etc. not ordered in writing
by the Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology or
discharge the Supplier / Contractor for the payment of damages or of any sum against the
payment of which he / she is bound to indemnify University nor shall such certificate nor
the acceptance by him / her of any sum paid affect or prejudice the rights of the
Supplier / Contractor against the University.
27. Payments Due from the Supplier / Contractor
All costs, ascertained damages or expenses for which under the Contract the Supplier /
Contractor is liable to University may be deducted by the University from any money due
or may become due to the Supplier / Contractor under the Contract or may be recovered
by action of law or otherwise from the Supplier / Contractor.
28 Legal Proceedings
The Contract and the Tender Documents are governed by the Laws of Pakistan and no
proceedings to or arising out of any of them shall be instituted in any courts other than
those situated at Rahim Yar Khan and Lahore, Punjab Pakistan.
29. Dispute
Should any question or dispute arise as to the material, design, construction or delay in
the supply of the Equipment or the purpose or the performance for which they are
required or are warranted, University shall nominate an independent certifier / expert
having knowledge of equipment, who will, after affording the parties to the dispute an
opportunity to present their contention, and after having tests made as the certifier deems
fit, certify whether there has been any breach of Contract or warranty and, if so, what sum
shall be paid to University in diminution or extinction of price, and such certificates shall
be final and binding and shall not be questioned and shall be acted upon in arbitral or
other legal proceedings. The award of the costs of the certifier will be within his / her
own discretion and shall be recoverable from the party against which the costs are
awarded.
30. Arbitration
All disputes and matters of difference whatsoever (other than those relating to the
certificate of expert certifier) between University and the Supplier / Contractor relating to
and arising out of the Contract and Tender Documents shall be referred to arbitration
under the arbitration act 1940 with amendments and re-amendments thereof, each party
nominating its own arbitrator. The umpire will be nominated by the arbitrators within the
first three arbitral hearings. The award of the arbitrators or of the umpire shall be
final and binding upon the parties. The arbitral proceedings shall be held at Rahim Yar
Khan, Punjab Pakistan.
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
This Agreement made this ___________ day of ___________ 2017, by and between the
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, located at Rahim Yar
Khan, Punjab, including his successors in office and Assignees / Agents, acting through the
Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology,
hereinafter called the ―University‖, of the one part.
And _____________________________________________________________________ of
_____________________________________________________________________, located at
________________________________________________________, hereinafter called the
―Supplier / Contractor‖ which expression shall include their successors, legal representatives of
the second part.
Whereas the University requires equipment for the Laboratories for Electrical, Mechanical,
Information Technology & Computer Science and Basic Science Departments of KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan, and whereas the Supplier / Contractor has agreed to supply, install, put into
operation and demonstrate the working of the said Equipment valued at Rs.
_________________________ (in figures and words) in the period of ________ months, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth, hereinafter, which have been accepted by the Supplier /
Contractor.
Now this Agreement witnesses as follows:
1. In this agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively
assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to.
2. The following documents which, for the purpose of identification, have been signed by
_____________________________________ on behalf of the Supplier / Contractor, (name and designation of the authorized person)
and by
______________________________________ on behalf of the University, all of (name and designation of the authorized person)
which shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as a part of this Agreement
viz.:
a) Instructions to Bidders;
b) Conditions of Contract;
c) Articles of Agreement
d) Supplier / Contractor‘s Offer including the relevant correspondence prior to signing
of this Agreement with all Annexure duly filled in;
e) The specifications of the equipment; and
f) Bill of Quantity with prices.
3. In consideration of the payment to be made to the Supplier / Contractor, the Supplier /
Contractor hereby covenants with the University to supply, deliver, install, put into
operation and demonstrate the working of the Laboratory Equipment/Licensed Software
in conformity in all respects of the Contract & the order form No. _____.
(name and designation of the authorized person)
4. The University hereby covenants to pay the Supplier / Contractor in consideration of the
supply, delivery, installation, putting into operation and demonstration of the working of
the Laboratory Equipment the contract price in the manner prescribed by the Contract and
approved by the University.
In Witness Thereof the parties have hereunto set their respective hands and seals, the day,
month and year first above written.
WITNESSES:
University ________________ Contractor/ Supplier
____________________
Witness No.1: Witness No.1:
Signature: _________________________ Signature: _________________________
Name: ___________________________ Name: ___________________________
Designation: ______________________ Designation: ______________________
Witness No.2. Witness No.2:
Signature: _________________________ Signature: _________________________
Name: ___________________________ Name: ___________________________
Designation: ______________________ Designation: ______________________
ANNEXURE “A”
FORM OF TENDER
(LETTER OF OFFER)
Tender Reference No. ___________________ Dated _____________________
Name of Contract: Supply, Installation, and successful Commission/ Operation and
Demonstration required for ________________________________at
the premises of Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering &
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab.
The Director Procurement
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology
Rahim Yar Khan, Punjab
Dear Sir,
1. Having examined the Tender Documents including Instructions to Bidders, Conditions of
Contract, Specifications, Schedule of Prices and Addenda Nos.
______________________________ for the execution of the above-named Contract, we,
the undersigned, being a company doing business under the name and
address______________________________________________________________ and
being duly incorporated under the laws of Pakistan hereby offer to execute and complete
such Contract and remedy any defects therein in conformity with the said Documents
including Addenda thereto for the Total Tender Price of
Rs._______________________________________ (in figures and words) or such other
sum as may be ascertained in accordance with the said Documents.
2. We understand that all the Schedules attached hereto form part of this Tender.
3. As security for due performance of the undertakings and obligations of this Tender, we
submit herewith a Bid Security referred to in Clause 3 of the Instructions to Bidders, in
the amount of Rs. _______________________________ (in words and figures) drawn in
favor of Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, Rahim
Yar Khan, and valid for a period of 60 days beyond the period of validity of this Tender.
4. We undertake, if our Tender is accepted, to complete the whole of the work comprised in
the above-named Contact within the time stated in Clause 11 of the Instructions to
Bidders.
5. We agree to abide by this Tender for the period of 120 days beyond the date of opening
of the Tender, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time
before the expiration of this period.
6. Unless and until a formal Contract Agreement is signed, this Tender, together with your
acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding contract between us.
7. We undertake, if our Tender is accepted, to execute the Contract Performance Guarantee
referred to in Clause 3 of the Instructions to Bidders for the due performance of the
Contract.
8. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may
receive.
9. We do hereby declare that this Tender is made without any collusion, comparison of
figures or arrangement with any other person or persons making a Tender for the above-
named Contract.
10. We confirm, if our Tender is accepted, that all partners of the joint venture shall be liable
jointly and severely for the execution of the Contract and the composition or the
constitution of the joint venture shall not be altered without the prior consent of the
Director Procurement, Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information
Technology, Rahim Yar Khan. (Please delete this clause in case of Tender from a single
firm).
Dated this __________________ day of _______________________ 2017
Signature ___________ in the capacity of _____________ duly authorized
to sign Tender for and on behalf of _______________________________ (Name of Bidder in Block Capitals)
Address: ____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Witness: Name: ______________________________________________________
Address: ____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
Occupation: __________________________________________________
ANNEXURE-B
TENDER PARTICULARS
THE TENDERERS MUST SUPPLY THE FOLLOWING SPECIFIC INFORMATION
FOR EACH ITEM OR GROUP OF ITEMS OF THE EQUIPMENT:
1. Conformation of Equipment:
Whether the Equipment offered conforms to the particulars specified in the Schedules.
2. Manufacturing Details:
(i) Brand of Equipment.
(ii) Name and address of Manufacturer; and
(iii) Country of origin of Equipment.
3. Delivery Schedule: `
(i) Earliest date by which delivery can be effected;
(ii) Complete schedule of delivery; and
(iii) If the delivery period is different for different items, it must be indicated item
wise.
4. Packing Specification:
Whether the specifications for packing given in the Tender Documents will be adhered
to.
ANNEXURE “C1”
FORM OF SCHEDULE TO TENDER FOR EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED/AVAILABLE IN PAKISTAN WITHOUT INVOLVING IMPORT
Due by_______ hours on ________ ________ _______ (time) (date) (month) (year)
SCHEDULE TO TENDER NO. ___________________________ DATED________________
The Tender will be opened at ________ hours on ________ _________ ______ (time) (date) (month) (year)
Delivery on or before ________ _________ ______ (date) (month) (year)
Rates and amount to be quoted in Pakistani Rupees
S.
No.
Description
Of
Equipment
Detailed
Specifications
of Equipment
with Model No.
Quantity
Of
Equipment.
Unit Rate
Per Unit
Total
Price.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
It is certifies that:
i) The Equipment offered above conform in all respects with the
particulars/specifications given in the Tender Documents‘ and
ii) All the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents are acceptable to us.
_____________________
(signature of the authorized person
___________________ SEAL
(name of the authorized person)
____________________ (name of the Tenderer)
ANNEXURE “C2”
FORM OF SCHEDULE TO TENDER FOR EQUIPMENT
IMPORTED FROM APPROVED COUNTRIES.
Due by_______ hours on ________ ________ _______ (time) (date) (month) (year)
SCHEDULE TO TENDER NO. ___________________________ DATED________________
The Tender will be opened at ________ hours on ________ _________ ______ (time) (date) (month) (year)
Delivery on or before ________ _________ ______ (date) (month) (year)
PART 1. The rates quoted in the Table below must be on C&F basis.
S.
No.
Description
Of
Equipment
Detailed
Specifications
Of Equipment
with Model No.
Quantity
Of
Equipment.
Unit
Rate
Per
Unit
Currency
Total
C&F
Price
Country of
Origin
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PART 2. The rates quoted in the Table below must be in Pakistani Rupees
S.No. Description
of Equipment
Quantity
Of Equipment Unit
Rate
Per Unit
Total
Price.
1 2 3 4 5 6
(Continued on the next page)
ANNEXURE “C2”
NOTE:
In the Table below, the columns 1 to 4 and 7 are to be filled in by the Bidder before submitting
the Tender, while the columns 5, 6 and 8 are to be filled in jointly by the Director Procurement,
Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering and Information Technology, or his representative,
and the Bidder, or his representative, after opening of the Tender.
S.
No.
Description
of Equipment
Total
C&F Price
for Part 1
Currency Exchange
Rate
Total Price
for Part 1
(Rs.)
Total Price
for Part II
(Rs.)
Total Cost
(Rs.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
It is certified that:
i) The Equipment offered above conform in all respects with the
particulars/specifications given in the Tender Documents; and
ii) All the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents are acceptable
to us.
_______________________
(name of the Bidder)
______________________ SEAL
(signature of the authorized person)
_______________________ (name of the authorized person)
ANNEXURE “D”
Company Evaluation Criteria 1. Basic Evaluation
I. List of Previous/Current customers of related equipment, with contact person and telephone/fax
numbers.
II. Detailed product information
III. Copy of National Tax Registration Certificate
IV. Copy of Sales Tax Registration Certificate
V. Bank letter of financial standing
VI. An affidavit on Rs 100/- Stamp Paper that currently they are not black listed or de-barred by any
Government/Semi-Government Department to participate in bidding and to supply equipment. Failure
to submit such affidavit may lead to disqualification.
VII. Valid Manufacturers authorization letter
VIII. Detailed item specifications matched corresponding to the BOQ
IX. Detailed project implementation schedule which includes the delivery of items mentioned in the BOQ
X. Signed and stamped Tender document
ANNEXURE “E”
(INTEGRITY PACT)
DECLARATION OF FEES, COMMISSION AND BROKERAGE ETC.
PAYABLE BY THE SUPPLIERS OF GOODS, SERVICES & WORKS IN
CONTRACT WORTH RS. 100 THOUSAND OR MORE
Contract No.________________ Dated __________________
Contract Value: _____________________________________
Contract Title: __________________________________________________________
………………………………… [name of Supplier] hereby declares that it has not obtained or induced the
procurement of any contract, right, interest, privilege or other obligation or benefit from Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan or any administrative subdivision
or agency thereof or any other entity owned or controlled by Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering &
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan through any corrupt business practice.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, [name of Supplier] represents and warrants that it has
fully declared the brokerage, commission, fees etc. paid or payable to anyone and not given or agreed to
give and shall not give or agree to give to anyone within or outside Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan either directly or indirectly through any natural
or juridical person, including its affiliate, agent, associate, broker, consultant, director, promoter,
shareholder, sponsor or subsidiary, any commission, gratification, bribe, finder‘s fee or kickback, whether
described as consultation fee or otherwise, with the object of obtaining or inducing the procurement of a
contract, right, interest, privilege or other obligation or benefit in whatsoever form from Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan, except that which has been
expressly declared pursuant hereto.
[name of Supplier] certifies that it has made and will make full disclosure of all agreements and
arrangements with all persons in respect of or related to the transaction with Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan and has not taken any action or will not take any
action to circumvent the above declaration, representation or warranty.
[name of Supplier] accepts full responsibility and strict liability for making any false declaration, not
making full disclosure, misrepresenting facts or taking any action likely to defeat the purpose of this
declaration, representation and warranty. It agrees that any contract, right, interest, privilege or other
obligation or benefit obtained or procured as aforesaid shall, without prejudice to any other rights and
remedies available to Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar
Khan under any law, contract or other instrument, be voidable at the option of Khwaja Fareed University of
Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
Notwithstanding any rights and remedies exercised by Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering &
Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan in this regard, [name of Supplier] agrees to indemnify Khwaja
Fareed University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan for any loss or damage
incurred by it on account of its corrupt business practices and further pay compensation to Khwaja Fareed
University of Engineering & Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan in an amount equivalent to ten
time the sum of any commission, gratification, bribe, finder‘s fee or kickback given by [name of Supplier]
as aforesaid for the purpose of obtaining or inducing the procurement of any contract, right, interest,
privilege or other obligation or benefit in whatsoever form from Khwaja Fareed University of Engineering
& Information Technology, Rahim Yar Khan.
Name of Buyer: ……………… Name of Seller/Supplier: …………
Signature: …………………… Signature: …………………………
[Seal] [Seal]
SPECIFICATIONS/BOQ OF LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
Procurement of Retender of Supply of
Communication Laboratory Equipment of
Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-014
Procurement of Retender of Supply of Communication Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Retender of Supply of Communication
Laboratory Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 014 Function Generators
Technical Specifications:
• Wide frequency range from 1Hz to 80MHz
• High 200MSa/s sampling rate
• 16-bit Amplitude Resolution
• Output from any section of 1M-point-long
waveform
• 4.3" high resolution LCD display/on-screen
help/Impedance switch
• Four ways to generate arbitrary waveform: Front
Panel Operation
• CSV file uploading, Direct Waveform
Reconstruction (DWR), Arbitrary
• Waveform Editing PC Software
• USB, RS-232, GPIB interface support
Points of Consideration
1. All items must be of American, Europe or Japanese manufacturer.
2. One- Year Parts and Labor warranty for all components on site.
3. Quoted hardware must be compatible with lab power supplies and other equipment as per requirement
4. The bidders should clearly mention Terms and Conditions of service agreements for the supplied hardware equipment after the expiry of initial warranty period.
5. In case of International Warranties, the local authorized dealers should mention their service and warranty setup, details of qualified engineers etc.
6. Please mention the country of origin / manufacturing / assembly of the quoted brand / model.
7. All items must be factory fitted & configured. Vendor / Assembler to provide verification of Serial numbers / AA numbers of Intel products.
The Purchaser reserves exclusive rights to decrease or
increase the quantity of Goods/Items/Equipment mentioned
in this tender document
10
02-014 Analog Multimeters
Minimum Performance Characteristics Power Supply: 2x1.5V (UM-3), 1x9V DC V Range: 0.1 V to 1000V AC V Range: 10V to 750V
10
R- Range: X1, X10, X100, X1K, X10K DC A: 50µA to 10A Diode and fuse Protection Points of Consideration
1. All items must be of American, Europe or Japanese manufacturer.
2. One- Year Parts and Labor warranty for all components on site.
3. Quoted hardware must be compatible with lab power supplies and other equipment as per requirement
4. The bidders should clearly mention Terms and Conditions of service agreements for the supplied hardware equipment after the expiry of initial warranty period.
5. In case of International Warranties, the local authorized dealers should mention their service and warranty setup, details of qualified engineers, etc
6. Please mention the country of origin / manufacturing / assembly of the quoted brand / model.
7. All items must be factory fitted & configured. Vendor / Assembler to provide verification of Serial numbers / AA numbers of Intel products.
The Purchaser reserves exclusive rights to decrease or
increase
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender of Supply of
Micrprocessor & Micrcontroller Laboratory
Equipment of Electrical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-015
Procurement of Retender of Supply of Microprocessor & Microcontroller Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Retender of Supply of Microprocessor &
Microcontroller Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 015 MICROCONTROLLER 8-bit
kit/DEVELOPMENT BOARD
Technical Features:
Main Motherboard:
Socket for attaching 40-pin MCUs (PIC)
Socket for attaching 28-pin MCUs (PIC)
Socket for attaching 8/14/20-pin MCUs (PIC)
Eight SMD LEDs
Two push button switches
Potentiometer for analog inputs
USB-to-UART
Serial interface
16x2 Character LCD
Expansion Headers(for interfaces like 7
segment display , LCD, LED)
Headers for attaching compatible boards
20-pin in-line expansion connector
8 MHz crystal for device external oscillator
ICSP programming/debugging
external Reset
Micro USB socket for USB communication
and/or USB power
Supported IC:
Features:
High Performance 8-bit RISC Controller(PIC)
64MHz Operating Frequency
Operating Voltage Range: 1.8V to 3.6V
Programmable High/Low Voltage Detection
Serial Communication: MSSP, Enhanced
USART
Parallel Communication (PSP)
Analog-to-Digital Conversion
Analog Comparator
20 Interrupt Sources
35 or more I/O Pins
Programmer:
Features:
USB Support
Real-time execution
Windows compatible
05
Built-in over-voltage/short circuit
monitor
Firmware upgradeable from PC/web
download
Supports low voltage to 2.0 volts (2.0v
to 6.0v range)
Diagnostic LEDs (power, busy, error)
Read/write program and data memory
of microcontroller
Erase of program memory space with
verification
Freeze-peripherals at breakpoint
Programing flash(512K byte or more)
Header Information
02-015 8-BIT MICROCONTROLLER TRAINER
Technical Features:
Main Motherboard:
8-bit high performance microcontroller
32 KB Static RAM
Serial Ports
UARTs for Serial Interface
Built-in Signal Amplifier Module
Built-in Programmable Timer
Interrupt Support
Fault Switch Simulator
ROM Debugger
Parallel Digital I/O
LCD Display
Keyboard Interface
Expansion BUS Connectors
Battery Backup Function for RAM
Analog-to- Digital Converter
Experiments:
1. Study of LED Lighting
2. Study of Keypad
3. Study of Buzzer
4. Study of Relay
5. Study of Decoder
6. Study of 7-Segment Display
7. Study of Dot Matrix LED
8. Study of Pulse Width Modulation
9. Study of Stepper Motor
10. Study of EEPROM
11. Study of AD- DA conversion
12. Study of LCD Display
13. Study of Temperature Sensor
14. Study of light Sensor
15. Study of Matrix keyboard
16. Study of Interrupt
05
17. Study of Microcontroller IO Expansion
03-015 32-BIT MICROCONTROLLER KIT
Features:
training platform for embedded applications
Software development tools include assembler
and ‗C‘ compiler
Easy adaptability to different versions of
microcontroller in the same family
Main Motherboard:
60-80 MHz operations
256 KB Flash Memory
32 KB Static RAM
2 KB EEPROM
Eight UARTs
Four Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Four Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
Two Controller Area Network (CAN)
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Micro Direct Memory Access (µDMA)
General-Purpose Timer (GPTM)
Two Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Hibernation Module (HIB)
Six General-Purpose Input/output (GPIO)
blocks
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Two Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Analog-to- Digital Converter
Two Analog Comparator Controller
Sixteen Digital Comparator
JTAG and Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
External I/O Interface Board:
Servo Motor Connector
3-axis accelerometer
User Push Buttons
RGB Multicolor LED
Buzzer
Microphone
2-axis Joystick with Pushbutton
Light Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Components:
7- Segment Display
Keypad
Experiments:
1. Study of User Push Buttons
05
2. Study of RGB Multicolor LED
3. Study of Servo Motor
4. Study of Buzzer
5. Study of Microphone
6. Study of Analog Interfacing
7. Study of Light Sensor
8. Study of Temperature Sensor
9. Study of 2-axis Joystick with Pushbutton
Study of 3-axis accelerometer
04-15 Components
IC Programmer/Burner 5
ICs: 8051, 8052, PIC16F877A, PIC18F46K20, 555
Timers, MAX7219
20
each
Sensors(Heat, Light, Motion, accelerometer.
Humidity, temperature sensor)
10
each
Servo Motors 12
Stepper Motors 12
DC Motors (5V & 12V) 12
each
7-Segment Display 50
Keypads (4X4) 12
each
LEDs (8mm) (Red, Green, White, Yellow, Blue) 500
each
RGB LEDs (8mm) 100
Bread Board 30
16x2 LCDs 10
Connecting Wires 20
meter
Resistors (0,220,330,1K,10K) 500
each
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of
Workshop Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-021
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Workshop Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Retender for Supply of Workshop Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 021 Central Lathe Machine
A Central Lathe Machine with following
specifications with in the given ranges is required:
Bed Length:
(6-8) ft.
Width of bed:
(350-450)mm
Height of center:
(300-400)mm
Swing over bed:
(600-800)mm
Swing over cross slide:
(300-530)mm
Swing in gap:
(865-1200)mm
Admit between centers:
(1000-1500)mm
Number of spindle speeds:
07-09 (Types)
RPM Range:
RPM 30-720
Spindle Hollow:
(65-90) mm
Metric Threads
Withworth Threads
D.P. and Module Threads
Number of Feeds:
30
Range of Long Feed:
0.2 to 3.0mm
Range of Transverse feed:
0.033 - 0.50 mm
Coolant Pump Motor:
0.3 H. P, 440 volt
Main motor:
1440 RPM, 440 volts, 04 H.P.
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Relay (Phase Break, Overvoltage,
Under voltage, Phase Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
03
Accessories:
3 Jaw Self Centering chuck
4 Jaw Independent Chuck
Magnetic Chuck
Coolant Pump
Key Way Cutting Attachment
Taper Turning Attachment
Dog and Carrier
Drive Plate
Face Plate
Angle Plate
Ball Turning Attachment
Revolving dead Center
D.R.O (Digital Read Out System)
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Italy, Canada, Germany, UK or Equivalent
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Renewable and Alternative
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-032
Procurement of Renewable and Alternative Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Renewable and Alternative Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 032 Photovoltaic Solar Energy Equipment,
3KWP (Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Photovoltaic Solar Energy Equipment must be used
for study of conversion of solar energy into Electrical
Energy. Specification must be in accordance to given
data.
Total PV Module = 3 KW-5 KW
PV module capacity = 250 kwp-270 kwp
No. of Panels = 6 nos. or equivalent to it.
Solar PCU (Inverter ) = 3 KW-5 KW
Batteries (150 Ah X 12 V) = 6 Nos.
Space required = 150 sq. feet or equivalent to
it.
Supporting Structure = Galvanized Iron
Chanel
Intensity of light source (if attached), and conversion
efficiency of the cell must be to its maximum value.
Solar trackers, Converters, Inverters must be
accordingly to above specificationA personal
computer if required along with the software
compatible with the equipment should be provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus. Origin of
apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada,
Germany or UK.
01
02-032 Solar cell test Unit(Complete with all
accessories to perform experiments)
Specifications:
Solar cell test Unit must have following
specifications or related to it. solar cell must
have
SMU(source measure unit) power = 100 W
Output Voltage / Current range = 5-20V /20-5
A
Temperature Range = -10o –130
oC
Setting time = <300 -400 s
Contact resistant = < 1 m-2mohm
Size = 200*200 mm
Timing accuracy = 0.01% + 1 ms
A personal computer if required along with the
01
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.Origin of
apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada,
Germany or UK.
03-032 Fuel Cell Demonstration Unit (Complete
with all accessories to perform
experiments)
Specifications:
Fuel Cell Demonstration Unit must use for the
conversion of chemical energy into Electrical Energy
Experimentation in laboratory. Unit must have
following specifications:
Unit must mounted on Anodized Aluminum
Structure& panel of Painted steel.
Capacity of cylinder of metal Hydride for the
Storage of H2 = 300 NL(normal liters)
Pressure regulator range = 0.50-0.55 bar (for
metal Hydride)
Pressure regulator range
for inlet = 200 bar-220 bar (for H2)
for outlet = 5-50 bar (for H2)
Purge Solenoid valve, Suitable tubes, and Hoses
with Safety factor =220 bar
Battery & Charger = 12V-15V
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus. Origin
of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada,
Germany or UK.
01
04-032 Computer Control Fuel Cell System
(Complete with all Accessories To Perform
Experiments)
Specifications:
Computer Control Fuel Cell System will have
specifications of fuel cell system with some additional
specification given below:
Flow sensor to measure the inlet H2 flow to
stack, range = 0.2-1.3 liter/min
Pressure sensor to measure the inlet H2 pressure
to stack inlet , range = 0-1 bar
Gas flow – anode = 0-1NL/min
Gas flow – cathode = 0-2.5NL/min
Operating gas pressure = 1.1-3.5 bar
Min. temperature of gasses = 10 °C ± 1°C
Humidification
01
Min. dew point = RT± 1° stationary
conditions
Max. dew point = 95 °C ± 1° stationary
conditions
Cell connectivity
Heaters = 2x 230V/10A±10%
Gas pressure usable for a piston compressed
cell = 16* bar ±50 mbar,
*depends on supplying compressed air
Voltage range ±5 V ± 0.05 % of range.
Useable maximum power = 100 W
Frequency range = 10 μHz - 1 MHz
Voltage AC Amplitude = Max 400 mV
Current AC Amplitude = Max 4 A
Weight 100 -120 kg
Safety measure and protection must be provided.
A personal Computer if required should be provided
with the software compatible with the equipment.
Tool kit must be provided with the unit. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the unit. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada, Germany
or UK.
05-032 Educational PEM Fuel Cell(Complete with
all Accessories To Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Educational PEM Fuel Cell must be used for Converts
hydrogen and oxygen into electricity and water
experiment in Laboratory. Specifications must be as
follow
Output Voltage range = 0.5-0.7 V DC or equivalent
Output Current range = 0.4-0.5 A or equivalent
Power range = 250-270 mw or equivalent
Dimensions = 1.3" x 1.3" x 0.7" (32 x 32 x 10 mm) or
equivalent
Weight = 1-2oz or equivalent
Inner diameter Silicon Tubing must be provided for
installation.
A personal Computer if required should be provided
with the software compatible with the unit. Tool kit
must be provided with the unit. Instructor manual,
student manual, and maintenance manuals must be
supplied with the unit. Origin of apparatus should be of
Japan, USA, Spain, Canada, Germany or UK.
01
06-032 Educational Alkaline Fuel Cell (Complete
with all Accessories To Perform
01
Experiments)
Specifications:
Educational Alkaline Fuel Cell should have Anodized
Aluminum structure and panel in painted steel. Main
Metallic element in Stainless Steel. Alkaline system
must consist of tank, pump, and sensors.
Air system must consists of following items:
1.An air Blower computer control
2.CO2 absorber
3. Oxygen from air
Power output of the fuel cell must be measured and
study using the internal load.
Unit must be provided with Alarm, sensor and
emergency shutdown.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the unit. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada, Germany or
UK.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of
Manufacturing Process Lab. Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-033
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Manufacturing Process Lab. Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Retender for Supply of Manufacturing Process
Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 033 CNC Turning Centre/Lathe
(Industrial)(Complete with all Tooling and
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Machine Length 1000mm to 1500mm, Machine Depth
600mm to 850mm, Machine Height 1000mm to
1600mm, Swing over bed 200mm to 300mm, Swing
over Cross Slide 75mm to 150mm, Distance Between
Centres 300mm to 450mm, Travel x-axis 150mm to
250mm, Travel z-axis 150mm to 250mm, Spindle
Speed 3500rpm to 4500rpm, Feed Rate 2500 mm/min
to 3500 mm/min, Spindle Bore 30mm to 40mm,
Spindle motor 2kW to 5kW, chip removal system must
be provided.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided.Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, UK or Equivalent.
01
02-033 CNC Machine Centre/Milling
(Industrial)(Complete with all Accessories
to Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Machine Length 1000mm to 1500mm, Machine Depth
600mm to 850mm, Machine Height 800mm to
1200mm, Travel x-axis 250mm to 500mm, Travel y-
axis 100mm to 200mm, Travel z-axis 200mm to
300mm, Table to spindle 250mm to 400mm, Spindle
Speed 4000rpm to 6500rpm, Feed rate 4500mm/min
to 5500mm/min, 3D profiling 4000mm/min to 5000
mm/min, Spindle motor 1.3kW to 2kW, Chip
Removal system must be provided.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
01
Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
03-033 EDM Die Sinking(Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
CNC Electric Discharge Machine with Circular,
Vector, Spherical, and Helical orbital, Travel x-axis
275mm to 350mm, Travel y-axis 200mm to 300mm,
Travel z-axis 250mm to 350mm, Worktable (600-
650mm) x (300-400mm), Work piece size (800 x 500 x
300)mm or equivalent, Electrode Weight 100 kg to 130
kg, Electrode head to work (270mm to 550mm from
table), Oil filter tank capacity 325 liters to 375 liters
Following accessories should be provided
Alcohol Extingisher
Working lamp
Levelling Pad
Flushing Unit
Paper Filter
½ Drill Chuck
Tool Box
Clamp Jig
Oil cooling system
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
01
04-033 CNC Plasma Arc System(Complete with
all accessories to perform experiments)
Specifications:
Cutting area (1000 to 1500mm) x (500 to 750mm),
Piercing Thickness 10mm to 20mm, Machine
Dimensions (Length: 2000mm to 2500mm, Width:
1000mm to 1500mm, Height: 1700mm to 2500mm),
Extractor Dimensions (Length: 500 to 750mm, Width:
700 to 1000mm, Height: 1200 to 1600mm), Extractor
Weight 400kg to 600kg, Compressor Size (Length:
1400 to 2000 mm, Width: 500 to 700mm, Height:
1000 to 1500mm), Compressed Air Requirement 6.5
bar to 7.5 bar, Axes Drives ( Precision ground linear
01
slides on all axes), Height Sensor and Red Dot Pointer
must be provided.
Following accessories should be provided
Air Filtration System
Standalone compressor for plasma source and
extract unit
Torch Consumables
Set of Replacement Filters
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus. If the multiple
models from the same manufacturer are available, it
will be appreciated if the quotation of each machine is
provided.Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA,
Spain, Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Environmental Engineering
Laboratory Equipment of Civil Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-041
Procurement of Environmental Engineering Laboratory Equipment of Civil Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Environmental Engineering Laboratory
Equipment of Civil Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 041 WEIGHING BALANCE
Brand: Sartorius or
Equivalent
Weighing Capacity: 610g
Readability: 0.1g
Pan Size: 174x143mm
Resolution: 0.1g
Linearity: ±0.2g
Power Supply: 90-260 V, 50-60
HZ
03
02-041 BOD INCUBATOR
Brand: HACH or
Equivalent
Temperature Range: 10-45°C
Temperature Uniformity: ±0.5 @ 25°C
Capacity: 4CF
Accuracy: ±0.5°C at 20°C
Power: 50-60 HZ, 100-
240V AC
Dimensions (H x W X D): 965.2 mm x
469.9 mm x 482.6 mm
Weight: 61 lbs. (27.67
kg) net
01
03-041 COD INCUBATOR
Brand: HACH or
Equivalent
COD reactor with digital countdown timer
with automatic shut off and alarm signal
Compliance: CE, cTUVus
Heating Range: 35-160°C, 20-
150°C
Operating temperature range: 10-45°C
Power: 50-60 HZ, 100-
240 Volts AC
Temperature Range: 35-165°C
Temperature Stability: ±1-2°C
Reagent: All standard
reagents
Vial: Standard sample
vial
Calibration standards: All standard
calibration regents
03
04-041 SPECTROPHOTOMETER
Brand: Perkin Elmer or
Equivalent
01
Optical System: Double Beam
Wavelength range 190-1100nm
Spectral Band width: 0.5nm, 1nm,
2nm and 4nm (variable)
Wavelength accuracy: ±0.1 at D2 peak
656.1nm
Wavelength reproducibility: ±0.05 at D2
656.1nm
Lamp: WI and D2
Lamp
Photometric accuracy: ±0.0003 A at 1 A
Photometric repeatability: ±0.001 A at 1 A
Stability: <0.0002A/h (at
500nm, 2sec response)
Noise level: <0.00006A (at
500nm)
Baseline flatness: ±0.0005A, 2nm
slit (200-1100nm at 0 A, smooth 2,
240nm/min)
Stray Light (T%): 0.02% T at 220,
340, 370nm
Detector: Silicon Photo
diode
Power: AC 220V/50Hz
Accessories: Operational and installation
manuals, glass cell (16 no.), quartz cell (8 no.),
WI and D2 spare lamps (2 each)
Photometric display: upto four decimal for A,
upto 2 decimal for T%
Software: software must be compatible with
windows XP/Vista/7
PC: A compatible unbranded PC with laser
printer
05-041 DISTILLATION PLANT
Table top compact water distiller, made of
borosilicate glass. Mounted on a metallic case,
painted with epoxy resin.
Quartz heating element (INCOLOY), protected
against over temperature with safety
thermostat.
Production of high purity distilled water,
pyrogen free and low conductivity.
Water production: 4 liters/hour.
Conductivity: 2 uS/cm.
H2O consumption: 60 l/h.
Safety: EN-61010-1.
Power: 3000 W.
Weight: 5 kg.
Comes with reservoir with filling level and
distiller, automatic switch off when full, 10
01
liters.
06-041 CONDUCTIVITY METER/PH/DO APPARATUS
Brand: HACH or
Equivalent
AC and USB Operation: Included
Bench top: with
stand
Calibration curves display:
Calibration summary data
Compliance:
CE.WEEE
Conductivity Accuracy: ± 0.5 %
from (1µS/cm - 200 mS/cm)
Conductivity measurement: 5
different stability modes
Conductivity Measurement Range: 0.01
µS/cm to 200.0 mS/cm
Conductivity resolution: 5 digits
with 2 digits after decimal point
Digital (intelligent) electrode inputs: 2
Display: Display
readings from one or two probes
Display Lock Function: Continuous
measurement or press to read mode available
with averaging function for LDO
measurement.
DO Measurement Range: 0.01 to
20 mg/L (0 to 200%)
DO Resolution: 0.01
mg/L
Fixed Buffer Selection: IUPAC
standards
Inputs: M12
digital (2) for IntelliCAL probes
IP Rating: IP67
mV Accuracy: ± 0.1 mV
mV Measurement at Stable Reading: 5
stabilization settings
mV Measurement Range: -1500 to
1500 mV
mV Resolution: 0.1 mV
Operating Error Messages: Full text
messages
Operating Temperature: 0 to 60
°C
ORP Electrode Calibration:
Predefined ORP standards
Outputs: USB to
PC / flash stick
03
7-041 SUCTION FILTRATION ASSEMBLY
Filter support base of 47 mm, with glass hose and
silicone stopper
03
Features:
Erlenmeyer Flask 1000 Ml, W/ Glass Hose
Silicone Stopper With Hole
Filter Funnel 300 ml
Body With Fritted Disc
Clamp
8-041 OVEN
Air Convection: Natural (SLN)
Chamber Capacity: 56 L
Door Type: Solid
Temperature Range: +5ºC above
ambient temperature
…+300ºC
Controller: Microprocessor
with external LCD
Graphic display
Interior: Acid-proof
stainless steel according to
DIN 1.4301
Housing: stainless steel
Overall Dim3(WxHxD): 595x700x600
mm
Internal Dims(WxHxD): 460x540x450
mm
Nominal Power(W): 1600
Temperature Resolution: every 0.1
Temperature Fluctuation at +105ºC: ±0.2
Temperature Variation at +105ºC: ±0.1
Shelves: 2
Voltage: 230 V
01
9-041 FURNACE
T max. 1100°C.
Vacuumed ceramic fibre chamber.
Heating is from four sides.
Heating elements are integrated around a
chamber.
High quality thermo insulation materials.
Micro processor temperature controller.
Excess temperature controller.
Door interlock switch.
Ceramic bottom plate.
Short heating time.
Hermetic closing door.
Low power consumption.
High precision level.
Available connection to PC.
Capacity: 8.2 Litres
Max. Temperature: 1100°C
Internal Dimension: 200×300×133
mm
Overall Dimension: 440×620×510
01
mm
Power Supply: 230 V
Power: 1.8 KW
10-041 MICROSCOPE
Eyepieces: Secured wide field eyepieces WF 10x/18
with fixed pointer
Observation Tube: Binocular 30° inclined tube, 360°
rotation. Dioptrical adjustment for one eyepiece. Tube
length 160 mm Interpupillary distance between
eyepieces can be controlled from 55 to 75mm.
Nosepiece: Reversed nosepiece for 4 objectives. Ball-
bearing mechanism and click-stops
Objectives: Achromatic color coded semi-plan DIN
objectives 4x N.A. 0.10, 10x N.A. 0.25, S40x N.A.
0.65 and S100x N.A. oil. The S40x and S100x-oil
objectives are spring-mounted. (Antifungal)
Stages: A 130x130 mm stage with double layered
mechanical X-Y stage. The translation range of the
mechanical X-Y stage is 70x28 mm
Focus control: Coaxial coarse- and fine adjustment
knobs on both sides with 0.002 mm graduations.
Friction of focus control can be adjusted
Condenser: Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A.
1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder
Illumination: LED illumination with intensity
control. Internal power supply and charger for 85-
230V /a 3 NiMH AA type batteries
Packaging: Complete with spare fuse, manual and
dustcover in styrofoam case. Models equipped with oil
objectives are delivered with 5 ml immersion oil
01
11-041 HOT PLATE
Dimension of work plate [mm]: 184x184
(7 inch)
Work plate material: Glass
ceramic
Motor type: Shaded
pole motor
Motor rating input [W]: 15
Motor rating output [W]: 1.5
Power [W]: 1030
Voltage [VAC]: 100-
120/200-240
Frequency [Hz]: 50/60
Stirring positions: 1
Max. stirring quantity[H2O],L: 10
Max. magnetic bar(L x Ø) [mm]: 80
Speed range [rpm]: 0-1500
Speed display: Scale
Heating output [W]: 1000
Heating temperature range [°C]: RT-550,
increment 5
Control accuracy of work plate [°C]: ±10
02
Safety temperature [°C]: 580
Temperature display: LED
Temperature display accuracy [°C]: ±1
External temperature sensor: PT1000
Control accuracy with external ±0.5
temperature sensor PT1000 [±°C]
Heating warning []: 50°C
Protection class according to IP21
DIN EN60529
Permissible ambient temperature []:5-40
Permissible relative humidity: 80%
12-041 SHAKER
Shaking Action: Orbital
Speed Range: 100-500
RPM
Timer: 1 to 1199
minutes
Orbit Diameter: 10mm
Operating Temperature Range: +4 - 40°C
Maximum Humidity: 80%
Plate Dimensions: 12 x 12
inches
Overall Dimensions: 17W x
15D x 12H inches Electrical supply: 100-
240V, 50/60Hz, 30W
Accessories:
Cat No. 18900027 (SK330.5) Universal
attachment with 4
bars
02
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Earth Quacks Laboratory
Equipment of Civil Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-042
Procurement of Earth Quacks Laboratory Equipment of Civil Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Earth Quacks Laboratory Equipment of Civil
Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 042 ACCELEROGRAPH
Two triaxial accelerometers ± 30 m/s2 (3g) in
metallic cases, to be fixed in two points of the
structure.
Power supply and packaging box up to 4
sensors, 8 USB outputs.
01
02-042 LVDT, STRAIN GAUGES, TRANSDUCERS 05
03-042 EARTHQUAKE COMPUTATIONAL SETUP INCLUDING
SOFT WARES AND HARD WARES.
Heavy frame, mechanically welded lacquered
sheet, mounted on anti-vibration blocks.
Swinging platen on spring posts with
indexable revolving plate.
Excitatory with adjustable frequency from 0 to
20 Hz, stroke 2 mm.
Different structures in stainless steel sheet
representing a building with its floors, struts,
suspension, pendulum mass and removable
braces.
Control panel with a disconnecting switch,
on/off switch, frequency adjustment (0 to 20
Hz).
Complete with software.
Specifications:
Visualize the evolution of accelerometers
signals.
Filter signals.
Calibrate each channel independently.
Measure the signal frequency.
Measure the amplitude of signals.
Measure the ration between channels
amplitudes.
01
04-042 ELECTRONIC TOTAL STATION
LASER POINTER, (TAKES DISTANCE WITH
PRISM)
1‖ READING, 5‖ ACCURACY, DOUBLE SIDE
DISPLAY,
DISTANCE RANGE WITH SINGLE PRISIM : 5000
METER. WITH TRIPLE PRISM: 6000 METER.
WITH REFLECTIVE SHEET:500 METER,
GUIDE LIGHT, INTERNAL MEMORY 10,000
POINTS + USB, FLASH MEMORY SLOT, BUILT IN
AREA CALCULATION SYSTEM, AUTOMATIC DUAL
AXIS COMPENSATOR WITH STANDARD
ACCESSORIES Accessories:
04
Single prism target set
Aluminuim tripod (Local)
Sokkia, Trimble, or equivalent or better
05-042 ELECTRONIC DIGITAL THEODOLITE
1‘‘ reading, 5 ― accuracy, double sided display with
standard accessories
Sokkia or equivalent/better
01
06-042 AUTOMATIC LEVEL
Magnification 28X, leveling accuracy 1.5mm with
standard accessories
TOPCON or equivalent better
04
07-042 FIBER GLASS TAPE 30M 08
08-042 STEEL TAPE 30M 08
09-042 STEEL TAPE 100M 06
10-042 METRIC CHAIN 06
11-042 ALUMINIUM LEVELLING STAFF
16 FT/5 METER LONG DOUBLE SIDED, 5-SECTION
WITH BUBBLE AND STAFF COVER (IMPORTED)
12
12-042 WOODEN LEVELLING STAFF 5 METER LONG
13-042 PRISMATIC COMPASS WITH STAND 06
14-042 THERMOMETER 12
15-042 ARROW 24
16-042 TROUGH COMPASS (PLASTIC ROUND) 12
17-042 RANGING ROD 6FT (GOOD QUALITY) 48
18-042 RANGING ROD 8FT (GOOD QUALITY) 48
19-042 PLANE TABLE DEODAR WOOD WITH STAND
Alidade, Plumbing Fork with Plumb Bob, Sprit Level,
Trough Compass
12
20-042 CIRCULAR BUBBLE 12
21-042 UMBRELLA (STANDARD SIZE) 12
22-042 SPRING BALANCE 10
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. Local items are to
be quoted in FOR and made of Good Quality Material. The components and/or equipment shall be
newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for demonstration. All the
equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for safe operation for at
least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be delivered with all
necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up. Installation, operator
familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all modules. The vendor
shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all performance
specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be accepted until
those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the specifications
mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of
Measurement and Instruementation Laboratory
Equipment of Electrical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-048
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Measurement and Instruementation Laboratory
Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of Measurement and
Instruementation Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 048 Instrument Trainer(s)
Base Platform for Instrumentation and
Measurement with Textbook
I. Integrated suite of 12 instruments
II. Oscilloscope (1.25 MS/s (single channel); 500
kS/s (two channels)), DMM (5 1/2 digits),
Function Generator [(0.186 Hz to 5 MHz
(sine); 0.186 Hz to 1 MHz (square and
triangle)], Variable Power Supply, Bode
Analyzer, Dynamic Signal Analyzer, Arbitrary
Waveform Generator, DIO, Impedance
Analyzer, Two Wire Current Voltage
Analyzer, Three Wire Current Voltage
Analyzer
III. Includes Basic Breadboard for Circuits and
Electronics
IV. Complete integration with software for
teaching circuits concepts
V. Area specific power cord is included
VI. DMM, oscilloscope and function generator
probes are included.
VII. Also contains textbooks on Instrumentation
and Control Systems
VIII. Fully programmable with software
IX. Onsite Training by OEM
X. Also contains a textbook on Computer-Based
Instrumentation
XI. having below features
i. An Introduction to the workstation and
progressive software
ii. Basic test, measurement, and DAQ
concepts
iii. Exercises and challenge problems
included with each lab
XII. Written by foreign author
Sensors Board for Instrumentation and
Measurement base platform
Introduce Students to Sensors and Their
05
Set
Applications
This Trainer is ideally suited to teach and demonstrate
the fundamentals of interfacing with mechatronic
sensors. Developed exclusively for standard Test and
measurement base platform and software, the system
introduces students to a wide variety of sensors
commonly used today, including pressure, flex,
infrared, visible light, magnetism and temperature
sensors; and techniques and limitations of their
practical applications. Students learn the fundamentals
of interfacing with mechatronic sensors,
including how to:
I. collect data from sensors
II. calibrate sensors
III. use sensors to identify natural frequency of
material
Features
I. 14 types of sensors:
i. Strain gage
ii. Piezo film sensor
iii. Rotary potentiometer
iv. Pressure sensor
v. Thermistor sensor
vi. Long range sensors: sonar and infrared
vii. Short range sensors: magnetic field and
optical
viii. Micro switch
ix. Push button
x. Optical switch
xi. Encoder
xii. Light Emitting Diodes
II. Plug-and-play design for quick and easy
lab setup
III. Compact
IV. Protective cover to shield the circuitry
V. Comprehensive digital resources
VI. Fully compatible with Software
VII. Fully documented system models and
parameters provided for Software
Readymade Curriculum Topics
I. Sensor behavior
II. Calibration
III. Using sensors to identify natural frequency of
material
IV. Strain gauge to measure deflection
V. Piezo film sensor to measure vibration
VI. Rotary potentiometer to measure position
VII. Pressure and thermistor sensors
VIII. Long range sensors: sonar and infrared
IX. Short range sensors: magnetic field and optical
X. Micro switch, push button, and optical switch
XI. Light emitting diodes (LEDs)
XII. Encoders
XIII. Switch debouncing
Actuators board for Instrumentation and
Measurement base platform The Actuators Board is ideally suited to introduce a
variety of actuators that are commonly used in
mechatronic systems today. Developed exclusively
for Standard test and Measurement platform and
software, the system teaches students about the
fundamentals of each actuator, their design
considerations, common specifications, interfacing
and operation. Students learn principles of
electromagnetic actuation, linear and PWM actuators,
brushed and brushless DC motors, stepper motors and
servos.
Features
I. Compact rotary servo system for Standard
Test and Measurement Base Platform
II. Plug-and-play design for quick and easy
lab setup
III. Two brushed DC motors with gears to
compare linear versus PWM amplifier
technology
IV. Brushless DC motor
V. Stepper motor
VI. Hobby servo motor
VII. Solenoid for coupling two brushed DC
motors
VIII. Separate photomicrosensors for each motor
IX. Built-in PWM amplifier
X. Built-in linear amplifier
XI. Visualization of internal actuator
mechanisms animated by hardware motion
XII. Comprehensive digital resources
XIII. Fully compatible with Software
XIV. Fully documented system models and
parameters provided for Software.
Readymade Curriculum Topics
I. Principles of electromagnetic actuation:
i. Magnetic fields of coiled
conductors
ii. Implementation of electromagnetic
field theory in solenoids
II. Principles of linear and pulse width
modulation (PWM) amplifiers
i. Actuator dead-band measurement
and compensation
ii. Linearity of an amplifier
III. Principles of brushed and brushless DC
motors
IV. Principles of stepper motors
i. Stepper motor control and
excitation modes
V. Introduction to servo motor position
control
Embedded Instrumentation Device with FPGA I. Affordable tool to teach and implement
multiple design concepts with one device
II. 10 analog inputs, 6 analog outputs, 40
digital I/O lines
III. Wireless, LEDs, push button,
accelerometer onboard
IV. Xilinx FPGA and dual-core ARM Cortex-
A9 processor
V. Programmable with Software; adaptable
for different programming levels
VI. Contains sensors and actuators kit
i. Barrel connector with leads
ii. Assorted capacitors
iii. Diodes
iv. 7-segment display
v. Mechanical rotary encoder
vi. Photo interruptor (light sensor with
LED)
vii. Assorted op-amps
viii. Assorted LEDs
ix. Small DC motor (1 VDC to 3 VDC,
no load speed: 6600 rpm)
x. Microphone with audio jack
xi. MXP Breadboard Accessory
xii. Potentiometer (500 kΩ)
xiii. Relay
xiv. Assorted resistors
xv. Piezoelectric sensor
xvi. Photocell
xvii. Hall effect sensors (latch and
switch)
xviii. Buzzer
xix. Assorted switches (DIP, slide, and
rotary)
xx. Thermistor (NTC: 10 kΩ, 25
degrees)
xxi. Assorted transistors
xxii. Force sensing resistor
xxiii. Wire kit
xxiv. Geared motor 19:1 (includes
encoder for rotation and speed, 12
V)
ii. Ultrasonic range finder (accurate
readings of 0 in. to 255 in. or 6.45
m)
iii. Compass
iv. Servo motor: standard (215 degrees
rotation)
v. Servo motor: continuous rotation
vi. Accelerometer (3 axis, digital - SPI
and I2C)
vii. Digilent Motor Adapter for myRIO
(compatible with gear motor and
servos)
viii. Gyroscope (3 axis, digital - SPI and
I2C)
ix. Infrared proximity sensor (10 cm to
80 cm)
x. Ambient light sensor (SPI)
It must include printed form training manual including
all detailed code, instruction and practical procedures,
layout/ circuit diagram.
02-048 Digital Multimeter
I. Bench Type Multi meter
i. 50,000 counts, VFD display
ii. Dual measurement/Dual display
iii. Selectable measurement spee
iv. ds, the maximum: 40 Readings/s for DCV
v. The basic precision of DC voltage: 0.02%
vi. Auto/manual Ranging
vii. True RMS (AC,AC+DC) measurements
viii. 11 different measurement functions
ix. Max./Min., REL, MX+B, 1/X, Ref%,
Compare, Hold, dB, dBm
x. Standard USB device interface
II. Handheld Digital Multimeter
4000 Counts Auto/Manual Ranging
Capacitance, Frequency Measurement
hFE Test / EF Function
Data Hold and Relative Mode
Auto Power Off
III. Clamp-on Meter
Clamp Meter offers high accuracy for current
measurements and its compact size allows
measurements in tight locations. The MA220's
functions include AC/DC voltage (600 volts),
AC/DC current (400 amps), Capacitance (100 µF),
Frequency (150 kHz), Temperature (-58 to 1830
degrees F / -50 to 1000 degrees C), and Duty Cycle
(0.5 to 99.0 percent). The MA220 also has a 4,000
count LCD display, data hold, auto zero on start up,
as well as auto ranging and auto power off. This
clamp meter has a 0.9-inch (23mm) jaw size that
accommodates conductors up to 30 0MCM. Comes
with test leads, Type K bead wire temperature probe,
case, two AAA batteries, and user guide.
10
03-48 Bench Analog Multimeter
The testing advantages of an analog meter with a
pocket-friendly size and detachable leads. This
10
compact and affordable multimeter is equipped with
measurement capabilities that are ideal for the
hobbyist, handyman, electronics tinkerer, or DIYer.
Use this meter to perform basic troubleshooting on
anything connected to an outlet, like refrigerators,
dryers, and other appliances, as well as electronic
devices found around the home and garage. The
38070 is great for automotive and marine electrical,
A/V projects, Arduino projects, and secondary home
wiring systems, such as security alarm and
thermostat circuits. Fans of analog meters will like
enjoy using it to more easily see minor or quick
electrical changes with a swing of the needle versus a
fluctuating digital readout. Analog meters like this
one are also useful for illustrating adjustments made
to a circuit between relative high and low settings.
Includes test leads, 1 AA battery, and user manual.
04-48 Moving Iron Voltmeter
(For AC and DC Measurement)
Moving iron voltage meter with 2 measurement ranges
Measurement ranges:
- 0 - 400 V
- 0 - 100 V
10
05-48 Moving Iron Ammeter
(For AC and DC Measurement)
i. Robust instrument for current monitoring in
continuous use.
ii. Ranging 0 – 5 Amp
10
06-48 C.T‟s and P.T‟s
CT‘s, or current transformers, and PT‘s, or potential
transformers are required to be used in metering to
step down current (Ratio 100:1 A ) and voltage
(600:100 V ) to safer and more manageable levels.
10
07-48 Earth Leakage C.Bs
Having high earth impedance.
It should be able to detect small stray voltages of
electrical equipment,
And can interrupt the circuit if a dangerous voltage
is detected.
10
08-48 RPM / Tachometer 10
Tachometer for RPM measurements. Make safe,
non-contact RPM measurements (2 to 99,999 RPM)
of rotating objects by pointing the integral laser (1.6-
ft. target distance) at the reflective tape placed on the
object to be measured. Complete with 9-Volt battery,
reflective tape and user manual.
09-48 Electro Dynamic Meter (KWH and W)
Single & 3 phase Analogue Meter
I. 2000 KWH meter comes with a pulse output
for use in Automatic Meter Reading systems.
II. The display can be reset to zero if desired from
the inside of the meter to simplify tracking of
power consumption.
III. Can display either the total KWH used, or the
instantaneous KW reading.
10
10-48 Electro Dynamic Meter (VAr)
The meters with electro dynamic movement can be
used for the following supply systems:
DC circuits,
single phase AC,
3 phase balanced load, 3 or 4 wire,
3 phase unbalanced load, 3 or 4 wire
Can measure power on current.
Off-set zero power meters
The power meters are housed in pressed steel cases
suitable to be mounted in switchboards, control panels,
machine tool consoles and/or mosaic grid panels.
10
11-48 Induction Meter
Induction type AC measurement
For W, KWH, KVAr, (0 - 400V)
10
12-48
LCR Bridge
I. 10Hz~200kHz
II. 3.5‖ color LCD
III. Consecutive test frequency
IV. Basic accuracy : 0.05%
V. Measuring speed up to 25ms
VI. Full frequency range or spot OPEN/SHORT
VII. DCR measurement and internal D.C. bias
voltage (±2.5V)
10
VIII. PASS/FAIL judgment
IX. Auto Level Control (ALC) function
X. BIN function provides 9BIN and 1AUX
XI. 10 steps listed tests to select different
frequency, voltage and current criteria
XII. interface : RS-232C, Handler and USB storage
13-48 LCR Meter
I. Test Frequency100Hz/120Hz/1k/10kHz
Selectable
II. 20,000/2,000 Counts Dual Display
III. Auto LCR Mode for DUT Measuring
IV. 0.2% Basic Accuracy
V. Measurement Parameter :
L,C,R,D,Q,ESR,θ,DCR
VI. Parallel/Series Testing Mode
VII. Sorting Mode for Quality Control
VIII. 2Wire or 5Wire Measurement Available
IX. Data Hold and Zero Mode Supported
X. Max/Min
XI. Auto Range, Auto Backlit
XII. Low Battery Indication
XIII. Auto Power off
10
14-48 Digital Storage Oscilloscope
I. 100MHz bandwidth selections, 4 Channels
II. 1GSa/s maximum sampling rate
III. 10M maximum memory depth for each
channel
IV. 7‖ 800 x 480 WVGA LCD display
V. 256 color gradient display function to
strengthen waveform performance
VI. 1Mpts FFT frequency domain signal display
VII. Zero Key function for horizontal time, vertical
voltage and triggering
10
15-48 Lux Meter
Foot Candle/Lux Meter which measures light level to
5000FC (foot-candles) and 50,000 Lux with a 5%
accuracy using a precision photo diode and color
correction filter. Meter features fast/slow response
time and an analog output (1mV per count) for
capturing readings to a recorder. Comes complete with
9-Volt battery.
10
16-48 Sound Level Meter
The sound level meter meets ANSI and IEC 651 Type
2 standards. Ideal for noise surveys in the workplace,
installing fire alarms and speaker systems and
enforcing noise ordinances. Measures from 35 to
130dB in 2-ranges with accuracy of plus or minus
1.5dB. Data hold and Max hold functions. Backlit
display allows use in dimly lit areas. Complete with
microphone wind screen and 9V battery.
10
17-48 Hygro Meter
The Hygro that measures Relative Humidity,
Temperature, Dew Point, and Wet Bulb and displays
any two parameters (Temperature and Humidity or
Dew Point, or Wet Bulb) simultaneously. Min/Max
function stores and recalls highest and lowest
readings. Timer function displays the elapsed time
(mins : secs and day : hour). Additional features
include: programmable auto power off time frame,
switchable °C/°F temperature units, Data Hold, Auto
power off, and Low battery and over-range indication.
Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, probe
sensor with 39 in. (1m) coiled cable.
10
18-48 Strain Gauge
High Capacity Strain Gauge. Measuring ranges from
0.05 to 100-kilograms, 0.05 to 220-pounds, 0.2 to 980
Newton. Basic accuracy of 0.5-percent. Tension or
Compression, Peak hold and Zero functions.
Positive/Reverse display for easy readability. Large
LCD with back light feature. Complete with tension
and compression adaptors.
10
19-48 Load Cells
Transducers (Different Types)
Include hydraulic load cells, pneumatic load cells,
piezoelectric load cellsand strain gauge load cells,
capacitive load cell, etc.
10
20-48 Contingencies Cables and Probes
(1 set)
10
21-48 Equipment Installations and Wiring
Including Labs Training
22-48 Multi Output DC Power Supply
I. 30V/3A x 2, 5V, 3A fixed
10
II. Independent Isolated Output
III. Digits LED Displays
IV. 0.01% Load and Line Regulation
V. Low Ripple and Noise
VI. Tracking Operation and Auto Series/Parallel
Operation
VII. Output ON/OFF Switch
VIII. Output Voltage and Current Setting when
Output Disable
23-48
Function Generator (25MHz)
I. 0.1Hz~25MHz within 0.1Hz Resolution
II. Sine, Square, Ramp, Noise and Arbitrary
waveform
III. 20MSa/s sampling, 10 bit vertical resolution
and 4k point memory for Arbitrary Waveform
IV. 1% ~ 99% adjustable duty cycle for Square
Waveform.
V. Waveform parameter setting through numeric
keypad entry & knob selection.
VI. Amplitude, DC Offset and other key setting
information shown on the 3.5‖ LCD screen
Simultaneously.
VII. USB Device interface for remote control and
waveform editing.
10
24-48 Consumable Items
I. Potentiometer(1ohm, 100ohm, 1kohm,
10kohm, 50kohm, 100kohm, 200kohm,
1000kohm)
II. Capacitors (standard ratings : 50 each)
III. Resistors (standard ratings : 50 each)
IV. Inductors (standard ratings : 50 each)
V. Fuses( 0.5A, 1A, 5A, 10A, 15A)
VI. Variable capacitors
VII. Variable inductors
25-48 Galvanometers
Table type education meters 10
26-48 Electro Dynamic Meter (VAr)
The meters with electro dynamic movement can be
used for the following supply systems:
DC circuits,
single phase AC,
3 phase balanced load, 3 or 4 wire,
3 phase unbalanced load, 3 or 4 wire
Can measure power on current.
Off-set zero power meters
The power meters are housed in pressed steel cases
suitable to be mounted in switchboards, control panels,
machine tool consoles and/or mosaic grid panels.
10
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Industrial
Electronics Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-049
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Industrial Electronics Laboratory Equipment of
Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of Industrial Electronics
Laboratory Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 049 Self-Commutated Converters
a. Switchable Valves and DC-to-DC Converters
The system must capable to perform following
experiments:
Thyristor with quenching circuit
Power MOSFETs
Insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs)
On & Off -state characteristics
Control of DC choppers
Step-up and step-down converters
DC choppers using a thyristor with quenching circuit,
PWM
Control characteristic for constant load current
DC chopper using MOSFETs, PWM, PFM and two-
position control
Single-ended forward and push-pull converters
Half-bridge and full-bridge forward converters
DC choppers used for step-up conversion, PWM and
two-position control
Energy recovery operation with PWM, two-position
control, variable current set points
DC choppers with IGBT used as inverting step-up/step-
down controllers with PWM
b. Switched-Mode Power Supplies
The system must capable to perform following
experiments:
Step-down converters with various loads
Control of average values for voltage and current using
PWM
Current & voltage change over time with a resistive-
inductive load
Resistive-inductive load with freewheeling diode and
smoothing capacitor
Step-down converter with VI = 110 V, losses,
efficiency
Control using PWM
Measurement of voltage and current over time when
VI = 15 V and VI = 110 V
Measurement with intermittent choke current
Step-up/step-down converters with power factor
correction
Effect of hysteresis
Flyback converters
Measurement of voltage and current over time when
VI = 15 V
01
Set
1+4+1
1
Effect of RCD protective circuitry
c. Inverters
The system must capable to perform following
experiments:
Single ended forward converters
Control of average values for voltage and current using
PWM
Measurement of voltage and current over time when
VI = 30 V & VI = 115 V
Measurement of efficiency and voltage stability
Asymmetric half-bridge forward converter
Time characteristic when v = 0.75& 0.50
Time characteristic with duty cycle switch-over
Time characteristic for sinusoidal inverter
The system should comprising of following
Reference Variable Generator
Output: -10...+10 V & Supply voltage: ±15 V DC
Diode 1000V/10A
Silicon rectifier with RCD suppressor circuit, which can be
switched off or used as free-wheeling diode.
Load power electronics
RLC load for all 1 Φ& 3 Φ in power electronics.
3 x 100 Ω, with fuse1.25 A
1 x 1000 Ω, 220 mA
2 coils 50 mH, with tap at 12.5 mH, 2.5 A,
3 capacitors 4/8/16 µF, 450 V AC
Fuse Threefold Super-Fast
Set of 3 neozed fuses, ultra-rapid for protection of
semiconductor valves.
Control Software
Function generator 200 kHz
Rectifier B6, 3X400V/10A Rectifier in 3Φ bridge circuit
.
Capacitor 2X 1000 µF; 385V
Two electrolytic capacitors which are short-circuit -
proof and switch-proof
Nominal capacitance: 2 x 1000 µF
Nominal voltage: 385 V
Transformer for SMP‟S
Power transformer for power supplies.
With two fast rectifiers.
Single-phase, Push-pull rectification
- Half-bridge & Full-bridge
- The primary windings are equipped with thermal
circuit breakers
Primary side: Input voltage (Vin): 2 x 115 V
Secondary side: Output voltage (Vout): 2 x 15 V/4.5 A
Phase Control Noise Filter 3X4.5A
Single-stage, 3Φ interference-suppression filter, with
commutated circuits..
3 toroidal core chokes, 1.3 mH
3 X2-class capacitors, 0.47 µF
1 Y2-class capacitor, 30 nF
V = 3 x 230/400 V, 47...63 Hz
IN = 3 x 4.5 A
Control Unit PWM/PFM
Universal control unit for the assembly of switching DC
controllers, switched-mode power supplies and 1ɸ
inverters:
pulse width modulation (PWM),
pulse frequency modulation (PFM)
MOSFET 500V/10A
Enhancement-mode n-channel FET with fast-acting inverse
diode (FREDFET) and with RCD protective circuit which
can be switched off. For the assembly of DC controllers,
switched-mode power supplies of high pulse frequency.
Thyristor with Turn-Off Circuit 230V/8A
The turn-off circuit consists of ring-around coil with
blocking diode, a turn-off thyristor and turn-off capacitor.
All the thyristors and diodes have a RCD protective circuit
- Bottom of Form
Main thyristor and turn-off thyristor
- Repetitive peak forward off-state voltage (VDRM):
max. 800 V
- On-state current, mean value (IT AV): max. 13 A
- Circuit-commutated recovery time: (tQ): 35 µs
- Free-wheeling diode
- Repetitive peak forward off-state voltage (VDRM):
max. 1000 V
- On-state current, mean value (IT AV): max. 8 A
Shunts: 4 x 0.1 ohms, 1%
- Turn-off capacitor: 4 µF, 450 V
- Ring-around reactor: 1 mH
IGBT 1000V/10A
- The IGBT which demonstrates the behavior of an
enhancement mode field-effect transistor
- (MOSFET) at the input and the behavior of a bipolar
power transistor at the output. For use in rapid switching
applications with high voltages such as: DC controllers,
switch-mode power supplies and inverters.
- Collector-emitter reverse-bias voltage (VCES): max. 1000
V
- Collector current (IC AV): max. 10 A
- Collector-emitter saturation voltage (VCE SAT): 3.5 V
- Gate-emitter input capacitance (CGE): 1.8 nF
Multimeter Handheld
Adapter sockets, set of 2
Isolation Amplifier, Four Channel
Channels A, B, C, E:
Frequency range: DC...80 kHz
Voltage: max. 620 V DC/440 V AC
Attenuator, 3-stage: x1, x0.1, x0.01
Internal resistance: 1 MΩ
Accuracy: 2%
DC-Power Supply ± 15 V/3 A
Laboratory power supply with two separate and stabilised
fixed voltages. Short-circuit-proof.
Transformer 45/90, 3 N
Mains switch: cam switch, 3-pole
Mains voltage: 3 x 400 V, ±10%, 50...60 Hz
Rheostat 100 Ohm
Connection: 4-mm safety sockets
Resistance: 100 Ω
Resistor tolerance: 10%
Max. load:
Current (sustained): 1.8 A
Currentmax (15 mins.): 2.5 A
Rheostat 330 Ohm
Connection: 4-mm safety sockets
Resistance: 330 Ω
Resistor tolerance: 10%
Max. load:
Current (sustained): 1.0 A
Currentmax (15 mins.): 1.4 A
Shunt Wound Machine 0.3
DC shunt wound machine for motor and generator
operation. All windings are separately connected to 4 mm
safety sockets.
Shaft End Guard 0.1/0.3
Set of safety bridging plugs
Safety connecting leads, 32 A
Safety connecting lead 32 A
Experiment Manual Power Electronics and Drive
Technology
02-049 Digital Storage Oscilloscope
100MHz bandwidth selections, 2ch
1GSa/s maximum sampling rate
10M maximum memory depth for each channel
7‖ 800 x 480 WVGA LCD display
256 color gradient display function to strengthen waveform
performance
1Mpts FFT frequency domain signal display
Zero Key function for horizontal time, vertical voltage and
triggering
04
03-49 Induction Heating Trainer 02
04-49 Ultra low voltage 3 phase power supply
Outputs via 4mm safety sockets
6V/10V 3 phase star/delta
23V/40V 3 phase star delta
Current capacity 4A/2.3A each
Electronic protection for all phases
10
Power consumption less than 200VA
Supply connection: 400V 3ph 50/60 Hz
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Signal
Processing Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-050
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Signal Processing Laboratory Equipment of
Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of Signal Processing
Laboratory Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 050 DSP Trainers
Technical Specifications: MATLAB Interface
Sample program for DSP/BIOS
USB debugging with software which shows
RTDX data
Designed in portable Tec book format to learn
anywhere
Easily accessible peripherals like PPI
Interface, Memory Expansion, host Port
Interface (HPI).
Easily accessible Timers, External Interrupts,
EMIF Controls, MCBSP Channels.
Exhaustive learning material
IEEE 1284 compliant male-to-female cable
Installation CD for Code Composer Studio
Evaluation version
Experiments Included:
Complete set of Hardware and Software to
perform experimentations based on
Speech, Audio, Communication
Filter Designs
Fourier Transform
CCS/MATLAB interface using RTDX
Convolution applications
Real-time data exchange with external GUI
and DSP Processor
Noise Cancellation
Points of Consideration:
All items must be of American, Europe or Japanese manufacturer.
One- Year Parts and labor warranty for all components on site.
Quoted hardware must be compatible with lab power supplies and other equipment as per requirement
The bidders should clearly mention Terms and Conditions of service agreements for the supplied hardware equipment after the expiry of initial warranty period.
In case of International Warranties, the local authorized dealers should mention their service and warranty setup, details of qualified engineers, etc.
Please mention the country of origin / manufacturing / assembly of the quoted brand / model.
10
1
All items must be factory fitted & configured. Vendor / Assembler to provide verification of Serial numbers / AA numbers of Intel products.
The Purchaser reserves exclusive rights to decrease or
increase the quantity of Goods/Items/Equipment
mentioned in this tender document.
02-050 Audio Signal Generator
Technical Specification
Low distortion
10Hz ~ 1MHz audio in in five range steps
Sine and square wave output
Continuously variable amplitude
Selectable 10dB, 20dB, 30dB, 40dB and -50dB
attenuator
External sync input
Includes owner‘s manual, test leads and power
cord
Generator frequency: 10Hz ~ 1MHz, ±0.5dB
(600ohm load)
Sine wave output: 7V RMS (no load)
Distortion (x100 range): ≤0.1% (400Hz ~
20KHz)
Distortion (x10 range): ≤0.3%
(100Hz~100KHz)
Square wave output: 10V p-p (no load)
Rise/fall time: ≤200nsec
Overshoot: <2%
Output impedance: 600ohm
Power requirements: 120V/240VAC, 50/60Hz
Dimensions: 5 1⁄2" (W) x 7 3⁄4" (H) x 10" (D)
Points of Consideration
All items must be of American, Europe or Japanese manufacturer.
One- Year Parts and labor warranty for all components on site.
Quoted hardware must be compatible with lab power supplies and other equipment as per requirement
The bidders should clearly mention Terms and Conditions of service agreements for the supplied hardware equipment after the expiry of initial warranty period.
In case of International Warranties, the local authorized dealers should mention their service and warranty setup, details of qualified engineers, etc.
Please mention the country of origin / manufacturing / assembly of the quoted brand /
10
model.
All items must be factory fitted & configured. Vendor / Assembler to provide verification of Serial numbers / AA numbers of Intel products.
The Purchaser reserves exclusive rights to
decrease or increase the quantity of
Goods/Items/Equipment mentioned in this tender
document.
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of High
Voltage Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-051
Procurement of Retender for Supply of High Voltage Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of High Voltage Laboratory
Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 051 Insulation Tester
I. 10kV insulation test ability
II. Ranges:
i. <10MΩ
ii. 10 MΩ to 200 GΩ
iii. Ω to 2 TΩ
iv. >2 TΩ
III. Accuracy: up to 5% in 10 MΩ to 200 GΩ range
and up to 20% in 200 GΩ to 2 TΩ range
IV. Leakage current measurement
i. Range 1 nA to 2 mA
ii. Accuracy ±(5% + 2 nA)
V. Capacitance measurement
i. Range 0.01 μF to 15.00 μF
ii. Accuracy ±(15% rdg + 0.03 μF)
VI. Temperature (operating) 0°C to 50°C
VII. Charger Input (AC) 220 V AC 50 Hz
01
02-051 Earth Tester
I. 3-pole earth ground resistance and 2-pole ac
resistance of a conductor measurement
function
II. Measuring time < 10 s
III. Measuring range
i. 0.15 Ω to 20 Ω
ii. 200 Ω to 2 kΩ
IV. Uncertainty
± (6 % of measured value + 5D)
01
03-51 Micro Ohm Meter / Nano Volt Meter 01
I. DC Voltage (7 ½ digits resolution on all ranges)
i. Measurement Ranges mV to 100V
ii. Sensitivity 0.1 nV
iii. Input Resistance > 10 GΩ
II. Resistance (7 ½ digits resolution on all ranges)
i. 7 Measurement Ranges from 1Ω to 1 MΩ
ii. Sensitivity 0.1 mΩ
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of
Workshop Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-052
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Workshop Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of Workshop Laboratory
Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-52 OSCILLOSCOPE
Technical Specifications: 100 – 200 MHz
Channel + External
1 - 2 GSa/s RT ET Sampling Rate
Input coupling: AC, DC, Ground
Independent Memory for Each Channel
VPO/SPO Technology
Large High Quality Wide TFT Display
Interfaces: USB Host; USB Device; RS-232;
Pass/Fail-Out, PC-remote Pict-Bridge (opt)
Split Screen Function
Serial Bus Analysis Software for I2C, SPI and UART
Include all accessories
Additional Probes sets for each unit.
10
02-52 FUNCTION GENERATOR
Technical Specifications: Wide frequency range from 1μHz to 10 MHz
2 Channel Sine, Square and triangles waveform,
Ramp, & Pulse
Display Type TFT – Large Color LCD
Arbitrary and sweep functions
Output: 4mVpp – 6Vpp
Output Current: ± 200 mA
Display Type: TFT- Color LCD
Supply Voltage: 100 - 240V
PWM, FSK, ASK Modulation
High performance with 14-bit resolution, up to 500
MS/s sample rate and up to 512 kpts memory
Linear & Logarithmic sweeps and burst operation.
USB and GPIB connectivity
Graphical waveform editing software for PC
All accessories must be included
Additional one Probes set for each unit.
10
03-52 HANDHELD DIGITAL MULTI-METER Resolution (AC & DC): 0.1 mV
Range (AC & DC): 0 – 600 V
20
04-52 REGULATED DC POWER SUPPLIES (30V, 5A) Voltage: 0~ 30V, Current: 0~ 5A variable dual supply
Fixed Supply: 5V, 3A
Backlight dual 3-Digits LCD display
Progressive current adjustment
Automatic conversion of stable voltage and current
Multi-loop type high precision voltage regulation
Stepped current regulation
With expansion outlet terminal
Short-circuit-proof
10
Include all the accessories
Provide one extra set of probes for each unit.
05-52 PERSONAL COMPUTER
Technical Specifications 5th Generation Intel® Core™ i7 5557U
LED 21 inches
Processor (4M Cache, up to 3.40 GHz,14Nm) or
higher
Manufacturer‘s Original Motherboard with Min 1
Mini HDMI 1.4a and 1 Mini Display Port 1.2 and
Onboard RAID 1/0 Option.
8GB DDR3L-1333 (1.35V)
240GB Solid State Drive or higher
Intel® Iris Graphics 6000 Series
Onboard 7 Channel HD Audio Integrated Gigabit
Ethernet (10/100/1000Mbps) & Wireless Module (Min.
AC Standard with Bluetooth 4.1 and Intel® Wireless
Display
10
06-52 SOLDERING STATION Operating Voltage: 230V@ 50Hz
Temperature Range: 50 – 450°C
Power Cord: 1 – 2 m (3 core cable) ground plug
Soldering Iron Stand and tip included
Ripple temperature < ± 5 °C
Power consumption < 100 W
Heater Type: Ni-chrome
Include all the accessories
10
07-52 ANALOG MULTI METER
Technical Specifications: Power Supply: 2 x1.5V (UM-3), 1 x 9V
DC V Range: 0.1 V to 1000V
AC V Range: 10V to 750V
R- Range: X1, X10, X100, X1K, X10K
DC A: 50 μA to 10A
Diode and fuse Protection
Provide one extra set of probes for each unit
Include all the accessories
05
08-52 LCR [MULTI METERS] Technical Specifications: Test Frequency: 100 Hz/120 Hz/1k/10 kHz Selectable
20,000/2,000 Counts Dual Display
Auto LCR Mode for DUT Measuring
0.2% Basic Accuracy
Measurement Parameter: L,C,R,D,Q,ESR,θ,DCR
Parallel/Series Testing Mode
Sorting Mode for Quality Control
2Wire or 5Wire Measurement Available
Data Hold and Zero Mode Supported
Max/Min
Auto Range, Auto Backlit
Low Battery Indication
Auto Power off
Include all the accessories
03
09-52 PCB MILLING AND DRILLING MACHINE
Technical Specifications: Material Size & Layout Area (X x Y x Z): at least 229
mm x 305 mm x 35/22 mm
Resolution (X/Y): 0.5 μm
Repeatability: ± 1 μm
Milling Speed up to 100,000 rpm software controlled
Tool Change: automatic
Milling width Adjustment: automatic
Drilling speed: 120 strokes/minute
Travel speed (X/Y) up to 150 mm/sec
X/Y drive: 3-phase stepper motor
Z-drive: 2-phase stepper motor
Dust extraction accessories
Compressed air supply: 6 bar
Include all the accessories
01
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Electrical
Machines Laboratory Equipment of Electrical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-053
Procurement of Retender for Supply of Electrical Machines Laboratory Equipment of
Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications Retender for Supply of Electrical Machines
Laboratory Equipment of Electrical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-53 Hysteresis Motor
220 VAC, 1KW
05
02-53 Transformer Commercial Transformer
250KVA (11 KV/ 380 V)
(For Educational Training)
01
03-53 MOTOR-GENERATOR / CUT AWAY MODEL
OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
I. SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR (CUT AWAY)
Motor is cut way to show slip ring, brushes, rotor,
stator, windings, poles, ball bearing and etc.
II. INDUCTION SQUIRREL CAGE MOTOR
(CUT AWAY)
Motor is cut way to show squirrel cage, brushes,
rotor, stator, windings, poles, ball bearing and etc.
III. OPENED TYPE COMPRESSOR TWINS
CYLINDER (CUT AWAY)
Opened/Sectioned Air Conditioning Compressor
IV. RECIPROCATING HERMETIC
COMPRESSOR (CUT AWAY)
Opened/Sectioned Air Conditioning Compressor
V. THREE PHASE SLIP RING MOTOR (cut
away)
Power: 1.5kW , Voltage: 415V , Type: 4 Pole
Speed: 15000rpm
VI. PRONY BRAKE
i. Prony brake with resistant ribbon
ii. Mechanical braking action and
dynamometer
iii. Power: 500W / Speed: 3000 rpm
VII. DC SHUNT WOUND MOTOR (Cut away)
i. Power: 100W
ii. Voltage: 240VDC
iii. Current: 0.5A
iv. Speed: 1600rpm
(With variable resistor 3k ohm)
VIII. DC MACHINE (Cutaway)
i. Power: 200W
ii. Voltage: 240VDC
iii. Current: 2A
iv. Speed: 1500rpm
(With variable resistor 3k ohm)
IX. RPM / TORQUE METER
i. Input Signal : NPN, PNP type voltage
01
pulse
ii. Accuracy : ±0.02%
iii. Measurement frequency range :
1Hz~25kHz
iv. Required: Torque & RPM Sensor (Code:
609-003)
X. TORQUE & RPM SENSOR
i. Torque : 0 ± 20Nm
ii. Voltage : ± 15VDC
iii. Signal : 60 pulse per turn
iv. Range : 5-15Khz
v. Accuracy : 0.5
vi. Required: RPM/Torque Meter (Code: 609-
001)
XI. DC DRIVE CONTROLLER
i. Input : 240VAC
ii. Output : 0-220VDC
iii. Required: DC Series Motor
XII. DC SERIES MOTOR (CUT AWAY)
i. Power : 1 HP
ii. Voltage : 200V
iii. Current : 4.9A
iv. Speed : 1500rpm
v. Required: DC Series Drive Controller
XIII. THREE PHASE SALIENT POLE SYNCHRONOUS
MOTOR (CUT AWAY)
i. Power: 300W
ii. Voltage: 415VAC
iii. Current: 1.17A
iv. Excitation Voltage 12VDC
v. Excitation Current: 0.3A Speed: 1800rpm
XIV. ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKER
i. Maximum braking torque: 10Nm
ii. Maximum rotating speed: 6000 rpm
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of General Purpose Laboratory
Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-056
Procurement of General Purpose Laboratory Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of General Purpose Laboratory Equipment of
Computer Engineering & ICT Department Lab
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 056 Intel NUC Computer (Equivalent or
Better)
Computing
Board Form Factor UCFF (4" x 4")
Socket Soldered-down BGA
Internal Drive Form
Factor M.2 and 2.5" Drive
# of Internal Drives
Supported 2
Lithography 14 nm
TDP 28 W
DC Input Voltage
Supported 12-19 VDC
Recommended
Customer Price $475.00
Processor Included
Intel® Core™ i7-5557U
Processor (4M Cache, up to
3.40 GHz)
Warranty Period As mentioned in bidding
document
Memory Specifications
Memory Size
(dependent on
memory type)
8GB, Max upgradable
Memory Types DDR3L-1333/1600 1.35
V SO-DIMM
Graphics Specifications
Integrated Graphics ‡ Yes
Graphics Output
Mini-DP 1.2; Mini-HDMI
1.4a
Intel® Clear Video
Technology Yes
# of Displays
Supported ‡ 3
Expansion Options
PCI Express
Revision Gen2
PCI Express
Configurations ‡ M.2 slot with PCIe x4 lanes
M.2 Card Slot
(storage) 22x42/60/80
I/O Specifications
USB Revision 2.0, 3.0
40
# of USB Ports 6
USB 2.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
0 + 2
USB 3.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
2B 2F + 0
Total # of SATA
Ports 2
Max # of SATA 6.0
Gb/s Ports 2
HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD,
Random 4k Compressible
50k or better
RAID Configuration
2.5" HDD/SSD + M.2
SATA/PCIe SSD
(RAID-0 RAID-1)
Audio (back channel
+ front channel)
7.1 digital (mHDMI mDP);
L+R+mic (F)
Integrated LAN 10/100/1000
Integrated Wifi Intel® Wireless-AC
7265 + BT 4.2
Integrated Bluetooth Yes
Consumer Infrared
Rx Sensor Yes
Additional Headers 2x USB2.0, AUX_PWR
Advanced Technologies
Intel® Virtualization
Technology for
Directed I/O (VT-d)
‡
Yes
Intel® HD Audio
Technology Yes
Intel® Rapid Storage
Technology Yes
Intel® Virtualization
Technology (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Intel® Platform Trust
Technology (Intel®
PTT)
Yes
Intel® Data Protection Technology
Intel® AES New
Instructions Yes
LED 21" LED with HDMi port
built-in.
02-056 LASER PRINTER (EQUIVALENT OR
BETTER) Print, Copy, Fax, Scan
Print speed black:
Normal: Up to 20 ppm
First page out (ready)
02
Black: As fast as 9.5 sec
Duty cycle (monthly, A4) Up to 8000 pages 30 10
Recommended monthly page volume
250 to 2000
Print technology
Laser
Print quality black (best)
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Resolution technology
FastRes 600; FastRes 1200
Print languages
PCLm/PCLmS
Display
3.0-in color touch screen
Processor speed
600 MHz
Wireless capability
Yes, built-in WiFi 802.11b/g/n
Connectivity, standard
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port built-in Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX network port Wireless
802.11b/g/n Memory, standard
128 MB
Paper handling input, standard
150-sheet input tray
Paper handling output, standard
100-sheet face-down bin
Maximum output capacity (sheets)
Up to 100 sheets
Duplex printing
Manual (driver support provided)
Media sizes supported
A4
A5
B5-Japanese envelopes (ISO DL, C5, B5, Com
#10, Monarch #7 3/4)
16K post cards (Standard #10, JIS single and
double)
Media sizes, custom
76 x 127 to 216 x 356 mm
Media types
Paper (plain, LaserJet), envelopes, transparencies,
labels, postcards
Media weight, supported
60 to 163 g/m²
Media weights, supported
ADF 60 to 90 g/m²
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Database/Software Engineering
Laboratory Equipment of Computer Engineering
& ICT Department Lab at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-057
Procurement of Database/Software Engineering Laboratory Equipment of Computer
Engineering & ICT Department Lab at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Database/Software Engineering Laboratory
Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT Department Lab
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 057 Intel NUC Computer (Equivalent or
Better)
Computing
Board Form Factor UCFF (4" x 4")
Socket Soldered-down BGA
Internal Drive Form
Factor M.2 and 2.5" Drive
# of Internal Drives
Supported 2
Lithography 14 nm
TDP 28 W
DC Input Voltage
Supported 12-19 VDC
Recommended
Customer Price $475.00
Processor Included
Intel® Core™ i7-5557U
Processor (4M Cache, up to
3.40 GHz)
Warranty Period As mentioned in bidding
document
Memory Specifications
Memory Size
(dependent on
memory type)
8GB, Max upgradable
Memory Types DDR3L-1333/1600 1.35
V SO-DIMM
Graphics Specifications
Integrated Graphics ‡ Yes
Graphics Output
Mini-DP 1.2; Mini-HDMI
1.4a
Intel® Clear Video
Technology Yes
# of Displays
Supported ‡ 3
Expansion Options
PCI Express
Revision Gen2
PCI Express
Configurations ‡ M.2 slot with PCIe x4 lanes
M.2 Card Slot
(storage) 22x42/60/80
I/O Specifications
USB Revision 2.0, 3.0
40
# of USB Ports 6
USB 2.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
0 + 2
USB 3.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
2B 2F + 0
Total # of SATA
Ports 2
Max # of SATA 6.0
Gb/s Ports 2
HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD,
Random 4k Compressible
50k or better
RAID Configuration
2.5" HDD/SSD + M.2
SATA/PCIe SSD
(RAID-0 RAID-1)
Audio (back channel
+ front channel)
7.1 digital (mHDMI mDP);
L+R+mic (F)
Integrated LAN 10/100/1000
Integrated Wifi Intel® Wireless-AC
7265 + BT 4.2
Integrated Bluetooth Yes
Consumer Infrared
Rx Sensor Yes
Additional Headers 2x USB2.0, AUX_PWR
Advanced Technologies
Intel® Virtualization
Technology for
Directed I/O (VT-d)
‡
Yes
Intel® HD Audio
Technology Yes
Intel® Rapid Storage
Technology Yes
Intel® Virtualization
Technology (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Intel® Platform Trust
Technology (Intel®
PTT)
Yes
Intel® Data Protection Technology
Intel® AES New
Instructions Yes
LED 21" LED with HDMi port
built-in.
02-057 LASER PRINTER (EQUIVALENT OR
BETTER
Print, Copy, Fax, Scan
Print speed black:
Normal: Up to 20 ppm
02
First page out (ready)
Black: As fast as 9.5 sec
Duty cycle (monthly, A4) Up to 8000 pages 30 10
Recommended monthly page volume
250 to 2000
Print technology
Laser
Print quality black (best)
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Resolution technology
FastRes 600; FastRes 1200
Print languages
PCLm/PCLmS
Display
3.0-in color touch screen
Processor speed
600 MHz
Wireless capability
Yes, built-in WiFi 802.11b/g/n
Connectivity, standard
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port built-in Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX network port Wireless
802.11b/g/n Memory, standard
128 MB
Paper handling input, standard
150-sheet input tray
Paper handling output, standard
100-sheet face-down bin
Maximum output capacity (sheets)
Up to 100 sheets
Duplex printing
Manual (driver support provided)
Media sizes supported
A4
A5
B5-Japanese envelopes (ISO DL, C5, B5, Com
#10, Monarch #7 3/4)
16K post cards (Standard #10, JIS single and
double)
Media sizes, custom
76 x 127 to 216 x 356 mm
Media types
Paper (plain, LaserJet), envelopes, transparencies,
labels, postcards
Media weight, supported
60 to 163 g/m²
Media weights, supported
ADF 60 to 90 g/m²
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Networking Laboratory Equipment
of Computer Engineering & ICT Department Lab at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-058
Procurement of Networking Laboratory Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Networking Laboratory Equipment of
Computer Engineering & ICT Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 058 Intel NUC Computer (Equivalent or
Better)
Computing
Board Form Factor UCFF (4" x 4")
Socket Soldered-down BGA
Internal Drive Form
Factor M.2 and 2.5" Drive
# of Internal Drives
Supported 2
Lithography 14 nm
TDP 28 W
DC Input Voltage
Supported 12-19 VDC
Recommended
Customer Price $475.00
Processor Included
Intel® Core™ i7-5557U
Processor (4M Cache, up to
3.40 GHz)
Warranty Period As mentioned in bidding
document
Memory Specifications
Memory Size
(dependent on
memory type)
8GB, Max upgradable
Memory Types DDR3L-1333/1600 1.35
V SO-DIMM
Graphics Specifications
Integrated Graphics ‡ Yes
Graphics Output
Mini-DP 1.2; Mini-HDMI
1.4a
Intel® Clear Video
Technology Yes
# of Displays
Supported ‡ 3
Expansion Options
PCI Express
Revision Gen2
PCI Express
Configurations ‡ M.2 slot with PCIe x4 lanes
M.2 Card Slot
(storage) 22x42/60/80
I/O Specifications
USB Revision 2.0, 3.0
40
# of USB Ports 6
USB 2.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
0 + 2
USB 3.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
2B 2F + 0
Total # of SATA
Ports 2
Max # of SATA 6.0
Gb/s Ports 2
HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD,
Random 4k Compressible
50k or better
RAID Configuration
2.5" HDD/SSD + M.2
SATA/PCIe SSD
(RAID-0 RAID-1)
Audio (back channel
+ front channel)
7.1 digital (mHDMI mDP);
L+R+mic (F)
Integrated LAN 10/100/1000
Integrated Wifi Intel® Wireless-AC
7265 + BT 4.2
Integrated Bluetooth Yes
Consumer Infrared
Rx Sensor Yes
Additional Headers 2x USB2.0, AUX_PWR
Advanced Technologies
Intel® Virtualization
Technology for
Directed I/O (VT-d)
‡
Yes
Intel® HD Audio
Technology Yes
Intel® Rapid Storage
Technology Yes
Intel® Virtualization
Technology (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Intel® Platform Trust
Technology (Intel®
PTT)
Yes
Intel® Data Protection Technology
Intel® AES New
Instructions Yes
LED 21" LED with HDMi port
built-in.
02-058 Laser Printer (Equivalent or Better)
Print, Copy, Fax, Scan
Print speed black:
Normal: Up to 20 ppm
First page out (ready)
02
Black: As fast as 9.5 sec
Duty cycle (monthly, A4) Up to 8000 pages 30 10
Recommended monthly page volume
250 to 2000
Print technology
Laser
Print quality black (best)
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Resolution technology
FastRes 600; FastRes 1200
Print languages
PCLm/PCLmS
Display
3.0-in color touch screen
Processor speed
600 MHz
Wireless capability
Yes, built-in WiFi 802.11b/g/n
Connectivity, standard
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port built-in Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX network port Wireless
802.11b/g/n Memory, standard
128 MB
Paper handling input, standard
150-sheet input tray
Paper handling output, standard
100-sheet face-down bin
Maximum output capacity (sheets)
Up to 100 sheets
Duplex printing
Manual (driver support provided)
Media sizes supported
A4
A5
B5-Japanese envelopes (ISO DL, C5, B5, Com
#10, Monarch #7 3/4)
16K post cards (Standard #10, JIS single and
double)
Media sizes, custom
76 x 127 to 216 x 356 mm
Media types
Paper (plain, LaserJet), envelopes, transparencies,
labels, postcards
Media weight, supported
60 to 163 g/m²
Media weights, supported
ADF 60 to 90 g/m²
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Programming Laboratory
Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-059
Procurement of Programming Laboratory Equipment of Computer Engineering & ICT
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Programming Laboratory Equipment
of Computer Engineering & ICT Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 059 Intel NUC Computer (Equivalent or
Better)
Computing
Board Form Factor UCFF (4" x 4")
Socket Soldered-down BGA
Internal Drive Form
Factor M.2 and 2.5" Drive
# of Internal Drives
Supported 2
Lithography 14 nm
TDP 28 W
DC Input Voltage
Supported 12-19 VDC
Recommended
Customer Price $475.00
Processor Included
Intel® Core™ i7-5557U
Processor (4M Cache, up to
3.40 GHz)
Warranty Period As mentioned in bidding
document
Memory Specifications
Memory Size
(dependent on
memory type)
8GB, Max upgradable
Memory Types DDR3L-1333/1600 1.35
V SO-DIMM
Graphics Specifications
Integrated Graphics ‡ Yes
Graphics Output
Mini-DP 1.2; Mini-HDMI
1.4a
Intel® Clear Video
Technology Yes
# of Displays
Supported ‡ 3
Expansion Options
PCI Express
Revision Gen2
PCI Express
Configurations ‡ M.2 slot with PCIe x4 lanes
M.2 Card Slot
(storage) 22x42/60/80
I/O Specifications
40
USB Revision 2.0, 3.0
# of USB Ports 6
USB 2.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
0 + 2
USB 3.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
2B 2F + 0
Total # of SATA
Ports 2
Max # of SATA 6.0
Gb/s Ports 2
HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD,
Random 4k Compressible
50k or better
RAID Configuration
2.5" HDD/SSD + M.2
SATA/PCIe SSD
(RAID-0 RAID-1)
Audio (back channel
+ front channel)
7.1 digital (mHDMI mDP);
L+R+mic (F)
Integrated LAN 10/100/1000
Integrated Wifi Intel® Wireless-AC
7265 + BT 4.2
Integrated Bluetooth Yes
Consumer Infrared
Rx Sensor Yes
Additional Headers 2x USB2.0, AUX_PWR
Advanced Technologies
Intel® Virtualization
Technology for
Directed I/O (VT-d)
‡
Yes
Intel® HD Audio
Technology Yes
Intel® Rapid Storage
Technology Yes
Intel® Virtualization
Technology (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Intel® Platform Trust
Technology (Intel®
PTT)
Yes
Intel® Data Protection Technology
Intel® AES New
Instructions Yes
LED 21" LED with HDMi port
built-in.
02-059 Laser Printer (Equivalent or Better)
Print, Copy, Fax, Scan
Print speed black:
Normal: Up to 20 ppm
02
First page out (ready)
Black: As fast as 9.5 sec
Duty cycle (monthly, A4) Up to 8000 pages 30 10
Recommended monthly page volume
250 to 2000
Print technology
Laser
Print quality black (best)
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Resolution technology
FastRes 600; FastRes 1200
Print languages
PCLm/PCLmS
Display
3.0-in color touch screen
Processor speed
600 MHz
Wireless capability
Yes, built-in WiFi 802.11b/g/n
Connectivity, standard
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port built-in Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX network port Wireless
802.11b/g/n Memory, standard
128 MB
Paper handling input, standard
150-sheet input tray
Paper handling output, standard
100-sheet face-down bin
Maximum output capacity (sheets)
Up to 100 sheets
Duplex printing
Manual (driver support provided)
Media sizes supported
A4
A5
B5-Japanese envelopes (ISO DL, C5, B5, Com
#10, Monarch #7 3/4)
16K post cards (Standard #10, JIS single and
double)
Media sizes, custom
76 x 127 to 216 x 356 mm
Media types
Paper (plain, LaserJet), envelopes, transparencies,
labels, postcards
Media weight, supported
60 to 163 g/m²
Media weights, supported
ADF 60 to 90 g/m²
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Advanced Equipment for
Undergraduate Labs. I, II & III Basic Sciences &
Humanities Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-062
Procurement of Advanced Equipment for Undergraduate Labs. I, II & III Basic Sciences &
Humanities Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Advanced Equipment for Undergraduate
Labs. I, II & III Basic Sciences & Humanities Lab
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 062 FT-IR Spectrometer Or
equivalent
FT-IR Spectrometer ( with built in Zinc Selenide
Optics For high humidity and built in
Diamond ATR)
Specifications:
Spectral range: 500 – 6,000 cm-1
with Zinc,
Selenide Optic
Spectral resolution: 0.8 cm-1
Signal-to-noise ratio: typically > 50,000:1
(1 min measurement time, spectral resolution 4 cm-
1)
Wavenumber accuracy: <0.05 cm-1 @ 2,000 cm-1
Wavenumber precision: <0.0005 cm-1 @ 2,000
cm-1
Photometric accuracy: better than 0.1% T
Temperature stability 100% line:<1% per °C
Interferometer: Rock Solid TM
, permanent
aligned, high stability
Optics: Sealed and desiccated, all mirrors gold
coated
Detector: High sensitivity DLATGS, room
temperature
A/D converter: True 24 bit dynamic range
Detector: High Senstivity DLATGS
Instrument qualification: Automated instrument test
functionality
Available measurement techniques: transmission,
ATR, reflection
Computer interface: Ethernet
Operating system: Windows XP or compatible
Spectrometer power: 100 – 240 VAC, 50 –
01
60 Hz, 20 W
O/MENTOR+OPUS/Mentor Software
- Multimedia FT-IR tutorial
- Measurement
- Data pre-processing routines
- Quick Compare spectra
- Spectra interpretation tool
- Free starter library
- Search Spectra in a library
- Create your own libraries
- QUANT (Lambert-Beer‘s Law)
- Analyze peak areas and heights
- Run, create and edit macros
With PC (latest) and Printer
spectra library
including license and Supporting FTIR libraries.
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Made in Germany or europion brand
02-062 TGA/DSC
Mettler-Toledo
DTA/DSC 3 Or equivalent
(Thermogravimetric Analyzer)Separation of broad
and overlapping weight losses
Temperature range RT to 1600 °C
Temperature accuracy ± 0.5 K
Temperature precision ± 0.3 K
Furnace temperature resolution 0.002 K
Heating time 10 min (RT to 1600 °C)
Cooling time 27 min (1600 to 100 °C)
01
Cooling time with helium 13 min, (1600 to
100 °C)
Sample volume ≤ 900 μL
Measurement range ≤1 g / ≤5 g
Resolution 0.1 μg
Weighing accuracy 0.005%
Special mode TGA/FTIR Operation
Calorimetric data
Sensor data DTA DSC
Surface material platinum ceramic
Number of thermocouples 2 6
Signal time constant at 900 °C 14s 14s
Sensitivity 0.2 mW 0.1 mW
Temperature resolution 0.0001K 0.00003K
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all
replacement parts, labour charges and services as
required without any additional cost from the date
of successful installation and commissioning of
the equipment.
With its all accessories
Made in Switzerland or europion brand
03-062 Digital Polarimeter ATAGO AP 300 Or
equivalent
Measurement scales
Angle of Rotation,International Sugar Scale (with
Automatic Temperature Compensation)
Measurement readings
Angle of Rotation, Specific Optical Rotation,
Concentration, and Purity.
Angle of Rotation : –89.99 to + 89.99°
International Sugar Scale : –130.00 to + 30.00°Z
Measurement accuracy
Angle of Rotation : Displayed value ±0.01°(–35.00
to +35.00°)
01
Relative precision ±0.2% (–35.01 to –89.99°,
+35.01 to + 89.99°)
International Sugar Scale :
Displayed value ±0.03°Z (–101.00 to +101.00°Z)
Relative precision ±0.2%
(–130.00 to –101.01°Z, +101.01 to +130.00°Z)
Length of observation tube Up to 200mm
Temperature accuracy ±0.5°C
Light source Halogen lamp
Accessories Observation tubes (100mm [5ml],
200mm [ 10ml]) (05 tubes each)
Power supply 220V
Display panel Backlit Color LCD
Output
(1) Digital Printer
(2) RS-232C input/output ports for connecting to a
computer system.
Warranty: Minimum of three years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Made in Japan or europion brand
04-062 HPLC Gradient – PC based Gradient Pump
Hydraulic system Dual piston in series pump with
servo-controlled variable stroke drive, power
transmission by gears and ball screws, floating
pistons
Settable flow range Set points 0.001 – 10 mL/min,
in 0.001 mL/min increments
Recommended flow range: 0.2 – 10.0 mL/min
Flow precision: ≤0.07 % RSD, or ≤0.02 min SD
Flow accuracy : ± 1 % or 10 μL/min
01
Operating range: up to (5000 psi) up to 5 mL/min
Pressure pulsation: < 2 % amplitude
Recommended pH range: 1.0 – 12.5
Gradient formation: Low pressure quaternary
mixing/gradient capability using proprietary high-
speed proportioning valve.
Delay volume: 600 – 900 μL,
Settable composition range :0 – 100 % in 0.1 %
increments
Composition precision: < 0.2 % RSD or < 0.04
min SD,
Degasser
Number of Channels: 04-Channel built in or
Separate
Internal Volume Per Channel: 1.5 mL
Material in contact with solvent: TFE/ PDD
Copolymer/PEF/ PEEK/ PPS
Diode Array Detector
Detection type: photodiode array
Light source: Deuterium and tungsten lamps
Data rate: up to 120 Hz
Wavelength range: 190 – 950 nm
Short term noise: < ± 0.7·10-5 AU at 254 and 750
nm
Drift: < 0.9·10-3 AU/h at 254 nm
Linear absorbance range: > 2 AU (5 %) at 265 nm
Wavelength accuracy: ± 1 nm Self-calibration
with deuterium lines, verification with holmium
oxide filter
Wavelength bunching 1 – 400 nm Programmable
in steps of 1 nm
Slit width 1, 2, 4 , 8, 16 nm Programmable slit
Diode width < 1 nm
Flo Cell: standard 13 uL volume , 10mm cell path
length and 1740 psi pressure .
Column Oven
Operating principle: Thermostatted column
compartment with dual, independent Peltier-
element.
Temperature range 10 °C below ambient
(minimum 4 °C) to 85 °C settable in steps of 0.1 K
Auto Sampler
Injection range: 0.1 – 100 μL in 0.1 μL
increments with 100 μLup to 60 MPa
0.1 – 900 μL in 0.1 μL increments with 900 μLup
to 40 MPa
Injection volume: 1 μL
Software
In software Edition,
Enterprise Content Manager (ECM) for Storage as
a permanent record.
Accessories
Columns: C18 4.6 x 250 5u
C18 4.6 x 150 5u
C8 4.6 x 50
Lamp: Deuterium and Tungsten
Vials: 2mL x 500
Valves: inlet valve and outlet valve
Computer & Printer
Compatible computer (latest) with Laser jet Printer
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
05-062 CHNSO Analyzer Perkin Elmer, Inc,
2400 Series II Or Equivalent
To determine weight percent Carbon, hydrogen,
01
Nitrogen, Sulfur, and Oxygen in samples
Analysis Mode Options: 1. CHN mode, 2. CHNS mode,
3. Oxygen mode
Mode performance (He carrier gas)
Accuracy (%) Precision
(%)
CHN <0.3 <0.2
CHNS <0.3 <0.2
Oxygen <0.3 <0.2
Analysis time Minutes
CHN 6
CHNS 8
Oxygen 4
Element Range (mgs)
C 0.001 - 3.6
H 0.001 - 1.0
N 0.001 - 6.0
S 0.001 - 2.0
O 0.001 - 2.0
Furnace Temperature
Zone Temperature ( o C)
Combustion 100 - 1100
Reduction 100 - 1000
Pyrolysis 100 - 1100
Sample >1800
Sample
Size upto 500mg
Type Solids and liquids
Sample Capsule Tin, aluminum, and
silver
220 V
With PC (latest version with Suitable window
compatible with instrument software)
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Made in USA or europion brand
06-062 Petroleum Testing Instruments ASTM complete set including AST complete set
including Tanaka or European Brand
1. Density Meter or Hydrometer (Diesel) 01
Density Meter or Hydrometer (petroleum) 01
Or preferably Digital Bench top Density meter
2. Flash Point 01
3. Pour Point /Cloud Point Testers 01
4. K. Visocometer 01
5. F. Distilation unit 01
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
01
each
07-062 Spectronic 20
Key Features:
Wavelength Range: 340 (or below) to 900nm ,
Selectable
Wavelength Accuracy: ±2.5nm near 525nm
Display: LED, %T, A, C, Factor, Wavelength
Wavelength Reproducibility: ± 0.3nm
Spectral Bandwidth: ≤ 0.2nm
Photometric Mode: Transmittance, Absorbance,
Energy
Photometric Range: 0 to 100%T, 0 to 1.95A, 0 to
02
1999C, (0.1 to 1000 Factor)
Photometric Accuracy: 0.002A (0 - 0.5A), 0.004A
(0.5 -1.0A), ±2%T
Detector: Silicon photo diode
Light Source: Tungsten Halogen and Deuterium arc
lamps
Power Supply: Switchable 120 - 230VAC 50 -
60Hz
Cuvet (cells) : 10 cells
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Equivalent or more advance
08-062 Bomb Calorimeter 6400 Automatic Isoperibol
Calorimeter Or Equivalent
Automated bucket and jacket fill as well as vessel
fill and rinse
Cooling: Automatic
Tests: 6-7 tests per hour
Bomb cylinder: Fixed bomb cylinder with
removable head for fast sample loading
Time: Operator time per test is 1 minute
Precision: 0.1% precision class instrument
Precision: 0.0001 ºC precision Resolution
Sample range: 5000 – 8000 calorie
Linearity: 0.05% Linearity across operating range
SD memory and TCP/IP network communications
USB Port for balance and printer connections
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
01
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
USA or any European brand
09-062 Refrectometer Digital RM40
Mettler-Toledo AG
Or Equivalent
Measuring range 1.3200 ... 1.7000
Repeatability (S.D. n=10):
nD 0.00005
Brix [% w/w] 0.05
Limit of error:
nD 0.0001
Brix [% w/w] 0.01
Temperature range [°C] 5 ... 100
Limit of error [°C] 0.03 - 0.10
Sample contacted materials: Sapphire, stainless
steel SUS316, perfluoroelastomer Minimal
sample volume: 0.4 mL
Typical measuring time: 20 s (5 s after reaching
temperature equilibrium) Dimensions (L x W x H
in mm): refractometers: 208 x 372 x 192.5,
Power supply: 220 V,
Standard Refrence material: Water, Dodecane
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Switzerland or any European brand
01
Glass Ware & Miscellaneous
10-062 Desicator Duran, order number 5429992
Or equivalent
For Drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-
sensitive substances.
With flat flag and knobbed lid, No conector, vacuum proof.
With borosilicate glass 3.3. Spare parts such as lids and
bases.
With height 235 mm and volume approximately 10 kg.
01
11-062 UV Lamp (Corded Handheld)
8-watt model
Available in all UV wavelengths (long-wave,
medium-wave, short-wave) Single and dual
wavelength combinations
Compact, lightweight and rugged anodized
aluminum housing
Convenient carrying handle that snaps off for
use with lamp stand
UV resistant Wood.cover (W x D): 33 x 25 cm
Unit dimension (W x L x H): 34 x 30 x 10 cm
03
12-062 Crystalizing Dishes DURAN® or equivalant
Autoclavable, Borosilicate 3.3 glass, to resist high
temperature upto 300 oC.
1. 100 ml capacity (quantity 10 )
2. 150 ml capacity (quantity 10 )
3. 200 ml capacity (quantity 05 )
4. Almost 1000 ml capacity (quantity 05 )
30
13-062 Buchner Funnel DURAN® or equivalant
1. Porcelin i, 50 ml (05) ii. 114 ml (05) iii, 150 ml (05)
2. Borosilicate 3.3 glass i, 70 ml (05) ii. 125 ml (05) iii, 220 ml (05)
30
14-062 Filtering flask DURAN® or equivalent
Erlenmeyer flask
i, 100 ml (05)
ii, 250 ml (05)
iii, 500 ml (05)
iv, 1000 ml (05)
20
14-062 Rubber Cones GUKO Aldrich or eqivalant
BRAND® rubber conical gasket for filter funnels and filter
flasks Top/bottom height (mm) Qty 21/12 18 mm (20) 36/21 24 mm (20)
100
53/33 34 mm (20) 78/58 35 mm (20) 89/66 40 mm (20)
15-062 Funnels
Conical shape
Glass
plastic
100
16-062 Sartorious Viva cone vials
2 ml with membrane surface area
0.95 cm2
Sampl
e kit
2000
vials
17-062 Parafilm
Width 100 mm
Length 75 m
10
18-062 Aluminium Foil
One side bright
One side matt.
Plain, soft
Width 300 mm
Length 150 m
20
19-062 Round Bottom Flasks
One neck flask
25 ml 50 flasks
50 ml 50 flasks
100 ml 50 flasks
250ml 20 flasks
500ml 20 flasks
1000ml 20 flasks
Two neck flask
25 ml 25 flasks
50 ml 50 flasks
100 ml 50 flasks
250ml 20 flasks
Three neck flask
25 ml 10 flasks
50 ml 20 flasks
100 ml 10 flasks
250ml 10 flasks
405
20-062 Cones with house connections
1. 14/23 20 conector
2. 29/32 20 conector
40
conect
or
21-062 Adaptor
Socket cone
29/32 14/23 10 Qty
45/40 29/32 10 Qty
20
22-062 Ground joint clamps
For ground joint clamps (10 each)
10
10
each
12
14
19
24
29
34
23-062 Fork clamp for spherical joints
13
19
29
35
40/41
4 clamps each
4
clamp
s each
24-062 Condensor
Length of jacket cone and socket 160 mm 14/23 20 Qty
250 mm 29/32 20 Qty
40
25-062 Spatula set
10 sets
10 sets
26-062 Forceps
105 mm
115 mm
130 mm
10 each
10
each
27-062 TLC tanks Size (L x W x H)
4 mm (85x35x95)
5 mm (60x35x105)
10 each
10
each
28-062 Lab Fridge
Temperature range 1-12 oC
Mains supply 220 V
Glass door, 6-8 shelves
Inside dimension (WxDxH)
1300 x 660 x 1300
01
29-062 Eye washer Eye washer solution containing Phosphate buffer
(500ml ) and sodium chloride solution (1000 ml)
05
30-062 UV Cuvette
Quartz, 10 mm x 10 mm 10
cells
31-062 TLC plates from Merck
TLC plates from Merck TLC
Plates
Chemicals
32-062 Acetone 10Lit
33-062 Acetic Acid 05Lit
34-062 Aluminium hydroxide Al(OH)3 2.5kg
35-062 Acetic Anhydride 2.5Lit
36-062 Ammonium oxalate 2.5 kg
37-062 Ammonium Acetate 2.5 kg
38-062 Anthranilic acid 2.5 kg
`39-062 Ammonium Hydrogen Phosphate (NH4)HPO4 2.5 kg
40-062 Ascorbic Acid 1.0 kg
41-062 Ammonium molybdate 2.5 kg
42-062 Ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) 2.5 L
43-062 Ammonium hydrogen phosphate (NH4)2HPO4 2.5 kg
44-062 Ammonium carbonate (NH4)2CO3 2.5 kg
45-062 Ammonium oxalate 2.5 kg
46-062 Arsenic Sulphide (As2S3) 2.5 kg
47-062 Antimony Sulphide (Sb2S3) 2.5 kg
48-062 1-Bromoocatane 250 g
49-062 Bromothymol Blue 500 g
50-062 Barium carbonate 2.5 kg
51-062 2-Bromobenzaldehyde 50 g
52-062 3-Bromobenzaldehyde 50g
53-062 4-Bromobenzaldehyde 50g
54-062 3-Bromophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
55-062 4-Bromophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
56-062 2-tert-Butylphenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 ml
57-062 3-tert-Butylphenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
58-062 4-tert-Butylphenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
59-062 Barium carbonate BaCO3 2.5 kg
60-062 Borax Na2B4O7.10H2O 2.5 kg
61-062 Cango Red 500 g
62-062 Cinnamyl alcohol 05 g
63-062 Chromium hydroxide (Cr(OH)3 2.5 kg
64-062 2-Chlorobenzaldehyde 25 g
65-062 3-Chlorobenzaldehyde 25 g
66-062 4-Chlorobenzaldehyde 25 g
67-062 Cadmium Nitrate Cd(NO3)2 2.5 kg
68-062 o-chlorobenzoic acid 250 g
69-062 Calcium Chloride 2.5 kg
70-062 2-Chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
71-062 Copper Sulphide (CuS) 2.5 kg
72-062 Cobalt sulphide CoS 2.5 kg
73-062 Chromium Trioxide CrO3 2.5 kg
74-062 4-cyanophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
75-062 Chromyl Chloride (CrO2Cl2) 50 g
76-062 Dichloromethane 10 lit
77-062 Dimethyl Glyoxime (DMG) 2.5 kg
78-062 Diisopropylamine 500ml
79-062 Diethylether 10Lit
80-062 2, 5-Dichlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 50 g
81-062 2,4-Dichlorobenzaldehyde 25 g
82-062 Ethylacetate 5 lit
83-062 Ethylene Diamine tetreaacetic acid (EDTA) 2.5 kg
84-062 Ethylene 250ml
85-062 Europium oxide 100 g
86-062 Ethyl chloroformate 250ml
87-062 E-Cinnamaldehyde 250ml
88-062 Ferric Sulphate (FeSO4) 2.5 kg
89-062 2-Fluorobenzaldehyde 25 g
90-062 3-Fluorobenzaldehyde 25 g
91-062 4-Fluorobenzaldehyde 25 g
92-062 4-Chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
93-062 3-chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
94-062 4-Fluorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
95-062 4΄- Fluroacetophenone 25 g
96-062 Gadolinium oxide 100 g
97-062 Hexane 10 lit
98-062 Hydrocinnamic acid 25g
99-062 Harmine 25 g
100-062 Harmaline 25 g
101-062 4-Hydroxybenzaldehyde 25g
102-062 Indigo red 250 g
103-062 Iodoethane (Ethyliodide ) 25 g
104-062 Iron Hydroxide (Fe(OH)3 2.5 kg
105-062 4-isopropyalphenylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
106-062 Lead Nitrate Pb(NO3)2 2.5 kg
107-062 Lead sulphide (PbS) 2.5 kg
108-062 Mg turnings 2.5 kg
109-062 Methanol (commercial) 10 lit
110-062 Menthol 250ml
111-062 Mercurous Sulphide 2.5 kg
112-062 Manganese dioxide 2.5 kg
113-062 Manganese Sulphide (MnS) 2.5 kg
114-062 Manganese chloride 2.5 kg
115-062 Mercury Sulphide (HgS) 2.5 kg
116-062 Mercurous Chloride (Hg2Cl2) 2.5 kg
117-062 Methoxyphenylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
118-062 Mohr,s Salt FeSO4.(NH4)2SO4.6H2O 2.5 kg
119-062 4-Methoxybenzaldehyde 500 g
120-062 Nitrobenzene 01 Lit
121-062 Nickle sulphide (NiS) 2.5 kg
122-062 Nickle Sulphate (NiSO4) 2.5 kg
123-062 Nessler‘s reagent (K2HgI4) 2.5 kg
124-062 1-Naphthaldehyde 500 g
125-062 Phenol 2.5 Lit
126-062 Phenylacetic acid 250 g
127-062 Phosphoric Acid 2.5 kg
128-062 Phenyglyoxal 250 g
129-062 Potassium Hydroxide 2.5 kg
130-062 Potassium ferrocyanide 2.5 kg
131-062 p-Phenetidine (4-Ethoxyaniline) 1.0 Lit
132-062 p-Acetamidophenol 2.5 kg
133-062 Potassium carbonate 2.5 kg
134-062 Potassium monohydrogen phosphate (K2HPO4) 2.5 kg
135-062 Picric Acid 2.5 kg
136-062 Potassium ferrocyanide K4[Fe(CN)6] 2.5 kg
137-062 Potassium ferricyanide K3[Fe(CN)6] 2.5 kg
138-062 Sulphuric Acid 2.5 Lit
139-062 Silver Chloride (AgCl) 2.5 kg
140-062 Sodium Sulphate 2.5 kg
141-062 Sodium Hydroxide 2.5 kg
142-062 Sodium Aluminate (NaOlO2) 250 g
143-062 Sodium cobaltinitrite Na3[Co(NO2)6 2.5 kg
144-062 Sodium azide 1.0 kg
145-062 Strontium carbonate SrCO3 2.5 kg
146-062 Sodium Hypochlorite (NaClO)
01
Kg/Lit
147-062 Sodium Hypobromide (NaBrO)
500ml
148-062 Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate (Na2HPO4) 2.5 kg
149-062 Stannous Chloride 2.5 kg
150-062 Silver Chloride 500 g
151-062 Selenium(IV) oxide 500 g
152-062 Tartaric acid 500 g
153-062 Tin(II) chloride 2.5 kg
154-062 Terbium oxide 100 g
155-062 Tebium oxide 100 g
156-062 Toluene 5 lit
157-062 Tryptamine 250 g
158-062 Thenoyltrifouroacetone 50 g
159-062 Tin Suphide (SnS) 2.5 kg
160-062 Tin Disulphide (SnS2) 2.5 kg
161-062 p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
162-062 o-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 25 g
163-062 Urea 500 g
164-062 Xylene 2.5 Lit
165-062 Thiourea 250 g
166-062 Zinc sulphide ZnS 2.5 kg
167-062 Zinc Sulphate (ZnSO4) 2.5 kg
168-062 18-crown 6 50 g
169-062 Cesium Carbonate 01 Kg
170-062 Copper Iodide 2.5 kg
171-062 N-methylpyrolidine 01 lit
172-062 Sulpher meters 01Set
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Advanced Chemistry Lab
Equipment for Basic Sciences & Humanities
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-063
Procurement of Advanced Chemistry Lab Equipment for Basic Sciences & Humanities
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Advanced Chemistry Lab Equipment
for Basic Sciences & Humanities Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 063 MAGNET SYSTEM NMR Spectrometer (400
MHz, Nanobay Bruker AVANCE III HD 400MHz
NanoBay NMR Spectrometer or equivalent
High performance actively shielded ASCENDTM
400MHz superconducting magnet system, 54 mm
bore
operation field at 9.4 Tesla
strayfield: radial 0.5m / axial 1.0m
helium hold time >365 days
helium level meter with alarm function for low
helium level
nitrogen level sensor
magnet stand F version (Elastomer) for improved
stability
ULTRA LONG HOLD DEWAR 365 Days
SHIM SYSTEM/LOCK CHANNEL
- Bruker high performance Orthogonal Shim
System (BOSS 1) with 20 shim gradients, low
current and low heat dissipation design.
- Bruker Smart Magnet Control System (BSMS) for
shim and lock control and Digital LockTM
control
unit, including:
- digital lock frequency generation, variable
frequency for operation at selectable fixed field
- digital quadrature lock receiver
- fast field adjustments with sample-and-hold
circuit
- 2H amplifier with integrated lock switch for 2H
gradient shimming
- shim control boards (SCB) with ultra-stable high-
precision,
low-noise shim current sources
01
STAINLESS STEEL CABINET
conforms to the main requirements with regards to
electromagnetic compatibility and safety
regulations of the EU Member States.
ELECTRONICS
- Fast EthernetTM
based communication and control
system for bi-directional connection to the host
computer.
- Pulse generating system with a time based of
highest precision for the ultimate timing accuracy;
controls the entire spectrometer during NMR
experiment including frequency synthesizer,
transmitter, receiver and gradients, timing
resolution is 12.5 ns.
- Frequency generation for two rf-channels by
digital frequency synthesis, frequency range each
6-643 MHz; for generation of phase, amplitude and
frequency using Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS).
Provides <0.01 degree phase resolution and
<0.005 Hz frequency resolution. Covering the
entire NMR
frequency range at the specified field above 6
MHz.
Includes wave form memory for pulse shaping in
frequency, amplitude and phase and composite-
pulse
decoupling generator for synchronous and
asynchronous operation.
- Receiver control unit for NMR signal
accumulation with real-time digital filtering in
combination with oversampling technology. The
fast RISC coprocessor with buffer memory ensures
flexible real-time data management.
- High performance digitizer for superior and
highly flexible data
acquisition at ultimate digitizer dynamic range.
- Digital quadrature detection for complete
elimination of quad-spikes, artefacts in the centre of
the spectrum.
TRANSMITTER / DIGITAL RECEIVER DRU
2-Channel Amplifier System including:
- two high performance linear broadband amplifiers
(<14-400MHz each) for observation or decoupling;
pulse power 1H, max. 50W;
- pulse power 13C max. 135W Solid state power
control for both channels over the entire power
range; compact design.
Includes routing capabilities for frequency /
amplifier selection under full computer control.
- ATR transmitter/receiver system with high
dynamic range,
computer controlled indirect detection capability,
quadrature detection.
MULTILINKTM
HPPR PREAMPLIFIER
- 1H preamplifier, low noise GaAs design
- Broadband preamplifier
- 2H preamplifier for lock and 2H observation
- Microprocessor control
PC WORKSTATION AND SOFTWARE
WINDOWS 7 or Linux CENTOS 5 / 64 bit PC
equipped according to latest configuration:
e.g. Intel Xeon Quad Core E5-1620 / 3.6GHz
16 GB RAM, 1 TB Hard Disc
DVD +/-RW DL Drive, 24" TFT monitor
SOFTWARE:
Windows 7 or Linux CENTOS 5,
- TopSpin license for WINDOWS 7 or LINUX
including:
- NMR data acquisition (arbitrary dimensions) and
processing
(1D, 2D, 3D, 4D and 5D)
- TopGuide, menu guided acquisition setup
- NMRGuide for training of users in use of 1D and
2D
experiments with NMR literature library
- Icon NMR automation interface
Structure Analysis Software:
- Relaxation analysis (T1/T2)
- integration of 1D and 2D spectra
- deconvolution of 1D and 2D spectra
- NMRSIM for experiment simulation
- Daisy spectrum simulation software
- TopSpin interactive and automatic multiplet
analysis
- TopSpin solid state line shape analysis
- TopSpin integrated structure editor
PERIPHERAL DEVICES/USER INTERFACE
- Digital Temperature Control System
should Include B-SVT Electronics, cables, tubes
and a probe
VT interface (TC-2T) for probes using up to two
Thermocouple T styles sensors
Modular console integrated VT control system
- Controller regulator range: +/- 200°C
- Modular and intelligent Ethernet TM based VT
architecture (PnP)
- Up to 2 heater channels (with additional 2
channels possibllity)
- Up to 2 sensor / chiller channels (additional 3
channels possiblity)
- Software controlled shim cooling and flush gas
operation
- Temperature accuracy +/- 0.01°C
(with +/- 1°C room temperature stability, +18 to
40 ºC ambient)
- Applicable temperature range (without cooling
option, dew point 4°C)
- Min. temperature approx. + 30°C with 25°C input
gas temperature
- Max. temperature 200°C (> 400°C with optional
BVTB-3500)
- Extended monitoring and logging capabilities
(TopSpin 3.0)
- VT flow meter with approx. +/-5 % accuracy
- VT gas pressure meter with approx. +/- 5%
accuracy
- Gradient Spectroscopy & Gradient Shimming
Gradient accelerated spectroscopy kit (GRASP) in a
standard
basic configuration for generation of gradient of up
to 50 Gauss/cm
in combination with suitable probes equipped with
actively shielded Z-gradient coil; fast rise time;
with on board signal processor for real time
calculation of shaped gradients and 10 A (GAB)
current controlled amplifier;
with pre-emphasis
2. Helium transfer line 1
3. Nitrogen Refill Set (3
m length) 1
The corrugated plastic tubing for nitrogen refilling;
as set 3 meters long and with two small (5 cm)
pieces of silicon tubing that fit to the nitrogen inlet
ports.
It is also possible to order it by meter with part Nr.
22074 (corrugated plastic tube) and Nr. 40361
(silicon tubing).
4. shim system upgrade
(initial) 1
Shims System BOSS III upgrade
for standard bore magnets SB from BOSS I to
BOSS III included additional SCB20, for
NanoBay systems
5. Smart Probe BB(F)-H-D 5mm – AZ 1
Enhanced sensitivity probe compatible with
400MHz standard-bore magnets 5mm sample
diameters. For observation of 19F with 1H
decoupling or observation of any nucleus in the
range from 31P to 109Ag.
decoupling including:
- 2H lock channel
- standard set of R.F. Filters
- Automatic Tuning and Matching ATM
- Z-Gradient for high resolution probes, 50
Gauss/cm
6. HP Laser Printer 1
NMR Processing Software Modules
7. Software licence 1
NUS processing software module and licence
8. CMC-assist – Academia 1
CMC-Assist for 1D 1H interpretation & reports;
9. Low Temperature Accessory, Stainless Steel
1
Low temperature accessory with 26 l LN2 dewar,
evaporator and stainless steel transfer line flexible
evacuated) for operation with LN2 allows to
achieve the low limit temperature specifications of
high resolution probe heads; incling BSVT
interface Low temperature limit: ca. -120°C
effective temperature range depending on probe
head
10. Scroll Compressor SF1 8 IFD; 230 V / 60 Hz
1
Air compressor 8 bar, 160 l/min
Oil-free scroll compressor suitable for high
resolution NMR spectrometer
operation. Built-in refrigerant type dryer and
absorption dryer
270 litre tank and tubing included.
Maintenance free, for 1 phase / 230V / 60Hz.
11. 100 l liquid Nitrogen storage Dewar 1
self-pressurizing
12. Spinner 5
Spinner 5mm , (POM) standard quality
recommended up to 400 MHz
13. NMR Tubes 7" 5.0mm with cap 05 sets
NMR Tubes 7" 5.0mm with cap (100)
5mm NMR tube , including cap without code, no hole
length 178 mm (7") set of 50 pcs
14. Liquid Helium Gas & Nitrogen Gas for NMR
15. A/C 2
Generator 25KVA 1
Deutreted solvents
Acetone-d6 25 x25 g
Chloroform-d 50x100 g
Dimethyl Sulfoxide-d6 1000 g
Methanol-d
10x50 g
Pyridine-d5
10x50 g
Water, Deuterium Depleted 10x100g
Warranty: Minimum of three years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
Complete project including all accessories with
installation and running the instrument.
Made in Switzerland or europion brand
02-063 GCMS Gas Chromatography‟ Triple
Quadrupole Detector EVOQGC-TQ, Bruker
Daltonics Or equivalant
GCMS Features
Simple Tuning
Lens-Free‘ ion path for higher stability and
sensitivity
More Sensitivity
Active-Focusing q0 uses helium molecules to
increase ion transmission
Higher S/N
Elliptical ion-path design that results in virtually
zero neutral or chemical noise
Easy MRM Method Set Up
Simply type the name of the compound and the
MRM information auto-fills
Unrivaled NCI Performance
High capacity turbo-pump standard with every
EVOQ GC-TQ
Eliminate Re-injections
Extended Dynamic Range (EDR) detector with
Easy to Use Software Increases Productivity
436-GC
Compact design for those focused on routine
applications requiring maximum
throughput using one or two injectors Select up to
2 injectors: Split/Splitless (SSL), Programmable
Temperature Vaporization (PTV) Support one GC
detector and the mass spectrometer
High precision electronic pressure control
With one PC (latest with GCMS supportive
window or linux),
01
Laser Printer
including license and Supporting GSMC
libraries.
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Made in Germany or europion brand
03-063 Microwave reactor small scale microwave
synthesis Anton Paar Monowave 400 or
equivalent
850 unpulsed microwave output power
Simultaneous temperature measurement with IR
and
fiberoptic sensor
Highest accessible temperature/pressure
conditions
Up to 100 h reaction times
Special accessories
Fiber-optic temperature sensor Camera
24-postion autosampler Silicon carbide vessel
Wide-Neck vials
Technical specifications
Max. filling volume
10 mL vial
30 mL vial
4 mL vial
All sized vials ( 02 vials each)
Max. operation pressure 30 bar (435 psi)
Max. IR temperature 300 °C
Max. fiber-optic temperature 300 °C
Max. power 850 W
01
Vial material Borosilicate glass, silicon carbide
Camera Integrated
Seal material Teflon-coated silicone
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
04-063 Microscope OMAX 40X-2000X Or equivalent
Compound Microscope, Double Layer Mechanical
Stage,
Magnifications from 40X to 2000X.
Abbe NA1.25 condenser with iris diaphragm,
coaxial coarse & fine focus knobs and variable
intensity LED transmitted illumination system,
100-piece blank glass slides & 100-piece cover
slips
Port to connect USB digital camera to record what
you see in the microscope and saving it into your
computer as a picture or a video clip.
With its all accessories
01
05-063 Spectrofluorometer Fluoromax-4CP Or equivalent
Spectrometer Plane-grating Czery-Turner with
all wavelengths (Xe CW and Xe flash lamp sources
in dual lamp)
Excitation 200–950 nm, optimized in the UV
Emission 200–950 nm, optimized in the visible
Bandpass 0–30 nm, continuously adjustable from
computer
Wavelength Accuracy ± 0.5 nm
Scan Speed 80 nm/s
Integration Time 1 ms to 160 s
Emission Detector Photomultiplier, range 200–
01
850 nm
Reference Detector Photodiode selected for
stability
Water-Raman Signal 400,000 counts/second
minimum at 350 nm excitation, 397 nm emission, 5
nm bandpass, 1 s integration time
Signal-to-Noise Ratio 3000:1 (steady-state mode)
Nanosecond Lifetime Option Lifetime range 200
ps–0.1 ms (100 ps optional; may degrade CW
performance slightly)
Minimum resolution < 7 ps/channel
Excitation with interchangeable NanoLEDs:
265–785 nm
TCSPC detection
Delay variable 50 µs–10 s
Sampling time variable 50 µs–10 s
Excitation with broadband pulsed UV xenon lamp
Flash rate 0.05–25 Hz
Flash duration 3 µs FWHM; low-intensity tail >
30 µs
Flashes per data point 1–999
System Control PC , with its respective software
Sample Compartment (w x h x d)
5.5‖ x 7 ‖x 7‖; 14 cm
x 18 cm x 18 cm
Quartz Cuvette: (05)
4ml, 1cm x 1cm open top with cap.
Solid Sample Holder Designed for viewing front-
face fluorescence of thin films, powders, pellets,
paper, fibers, or microscopic slides. Variable
alignment angle.
Power Requirements: 2.5 A, 240 V
Warranty: Minimum of two years of
comprehensive warranty including all replacement
parts, labour charges and services as required
without any additional cost from the date of
successful installation and commissioning of the
equipment.
With its all accessories
Equivalent or with more advance features
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Advanced Lab. Of Physics
Equipment for Basic Sciences & Humanities at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-064
Procurement of Advanced Lab. Of Physics Equipment for Basic Sciences & Humanities at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Advanced Lab. Of Physics Equipment
for Basic Sciences & Humanities
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
BS Physics Lab Equipment
01- 064 To determine the modulus of rigity of a wire by static
method
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
02-064 To calibrate a given thermocouple using a
potentiometer
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
03-064 To determine the value of J(mechanical equivalent of
heat) by Callender and Barne‘s electrical method with
heat loss compensation
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
04-064 To determine the wave length of sodium light by
newton‘s rings
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
01
05-064 To determine the unknown low resistance by carey
Foster bridge
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
05
06-064 To compare the capacitance of two capacitors by
ballistic galvanometer
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
05
07-064 To determine the temperature co-efficient of a given
resistance.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
08-064 Setup of an RLC series circuit.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality) 04
09-064 Setup of an RLC parallel circuit.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
04
10-064 To study the voltage current characteristics of an
electric discharge in gases at low pressure
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
11-064 Determination of frequency of the AC mains supply
by a sonometer
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
02
12-064 Calibration of a voltmeter using a potentiometer
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality) 04
13-064 To study the combinations of harmonic motion
(Lissajous figures).
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
01
14-064 Determining the wavelength of standing sound waves
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality) 03
15-064 To investigate the relationship between light intensity
and the distance by using photocell
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
04
16-064 Determination of wavelength of sodium light by 01
Fresnel‘s bi-prism.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
17-064 To determine horizontal / vertical distance by sextant.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality 02
18-064 Determining the velocity of light using a periodical
light signal at a short measuring distance
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality)
01
19-064 FRANK-HERTZ experiment.
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality 01
20-064 Millikan Oil drop experiment
(Complete with all accessories of approved Quality) 01
Advanced Physics Lab Equipment
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
21-064 Electron gun :High stability Schottky field emission
gun with maximum source life time
Resolution: Capable of producing sharp and bright
images at maximum resolution of at least 1.5 nm at 30
kV and 4 nm at 1kV or better. Should have a flicker
free, fast imaging rate without drift
Optics and sample stage :Fitted with In-Lens SEI
and BEI Detectors, with latest Electron Optics for
diverse imaging capabilities. Live 3D Imaging, etc.
Standard formats of stored images, easy image
management, processing and measurements. Should
have multiple stub holder in specimen chamber to
analyze different samples at a time. Should have a
touch alarm to prevent the touching of sample and any
part of sample chamber.
Imaging, storage and calibration :Microscope must
be fitted with Auto Column functions. With
Electromagnetic Objective Aperture (EOA) assembly
without mechanical movement for maximum imaging
and analytical flexibility. 14. For ease of operation,
the system should be equipped with maximum Auto
functions i.e. Auto focus, Auto Contrast and
brightness, Auto Stigmator, etc. Equipped with an IR
CCD camera for live chamber view. Should be able to
perform an automated particle location and analysis.
Equipped with latest and maximum digital image
storage capability for best imaging at least 5,120 x
3,840 pixels. Calibration standards/specimens must be
supplied for imaging and analysis. Motorized,
computer controlled specimen stage with 5-axis stage
movements:
a. X = 125 mm; Y = 100mm; Z = 80mm
b. Rotation : continuous 360°
c. Tilt = -10° to +90°
d. Maximum specimen height: 80 mm
Operation, Remote diagnostic and online help :Following automated operations are required:
i) WD (focus) & stigmator
01
ii) Contrast and brightness
iii) Scanning speed
iv) Gun heating
v) Gun centering
vi) Column centering
vii) Vacuum control
viii) Compensation for kV
ix) Auto-diagnostics
Include the latest Intel core-i7 or better PC with at
least 24 inches widescreen high resolution LED
monitor and a laser jet printer.
Enabled with a Remote diagnostic support and online
help mechanism
Voltage range :Accelerating voltage range: up to
30kV
Probe Current :Probe current within a range of 1pA-
20nA
Magnification :The magnification range should be 5
X – 600,000 X
Vacuum :The vacuum system (both for the specimen
and gun chambers) should be quick, operating
automatically within 3 minutes from cold start up,
have lowest noise and clean (oil free) without
contamination. With an extended low vacuum mode
(ESEM) or Variable Pressure Operation for non-
destructive imaging of nonconducting, biological and
hydrated specimens. Equipped with high resolution SE
detector (in-lense) and a BSE detector (in-lense)
capable of imaging at very short working distances
without damage
Chamber size, Ports/expansion slots: The chamber
size should be at least 200mm diameter or bigger.
Maximum numbers of ports/expansion slots are
required for EDS or EDX, EBSD, EL and other
detectors and accessories/attachments.
Accessories : Should have an integrated EDS non-
dispersive X-ray microanalysis system for elemental
analysis, in point mode, line scan mode, area modes
and EDS multi-element mapping fully controlled
through the software. Should be able to perform most
accurate EDS analysis in Low vacuum mode. The X-
Ray Analysis system should be equipped with LN2
Free Large Area Silicon Drift Detector, SATW Light
Element Window, for detection of elements from Be4
to U92 . The system should be capable of providing
EDS spectra quickly and effectively and to
automatically scan for all elements in the periodic
table and to provide quick qualitative and quantitative
analysis for polished and unpolished bulk samples
with quick report generating software including
Templates. The ED System should be supplied with
the latest software including Microanalysis
encyclopaedia. The ED System should be fully
upgradeable for any future requirements i.e. WDS and
EBSD etc on one platform
Training : The supplier should provide the training on
the site free of cost.
Warranty : Minimum 3 years warranty for system
and all parts at site basis including all hidden cost.
Purchaser will not pay any amount during warranty
period.
Services : After sale service should be easily
available. Both SEM & EDS must be supported by
one vender
Compliance : Vendor should take all necessary
responsibility to quote for configuration to suit all the
above applications. It should be clear that all the
required features must be clearly mentioned, so that at
the time of making comparative statement – we must
not end up in any trouble.
X-Ray Diffraction Spectrometer
22-064 General: All kinds of safety protection for radiation,
electrical, electronic should be in built as per
International regulation / norms. 230V, 50 Hz single
phase operation as per standards. The system with true
plug & play functionality by fully automatic, real-time
component recognition and configuration as well as
conflict detection for all beam bath components incl.
IµS Micro focus X-ray source , all optical components
X-RAY Generator Unit:
(a) X-ray tube
The system should have IµS Micro focus X-ray source
instead of ordinary X-ray tube source to avoid power
consumption.
(b) X-ray power unit
Generator compatible to power the X-ray tube to its
full capacity with ability to vary voltage and current in
suitable steps. Quote the step size and the minimum
values of voltage and current. HT Stability better than
+/-0.01% for Mains stability +/- 10 %. A built in
control unit (microprocessor/microcontroller) to
control all important functions monitor tube life,
temperature, and status of other important parameters.
Flawless safety mechanism against over-voltage, over-
power, over-current, over-load, abnormal input mains
voltage, or temperature. Interlock on operation panel
etc. Options of X-ray power Manual and Auto start-
up/shutdown. Necessary software and hardware for
diagnostics capable of checking the equipment
parameters/calibration etc.
Optics: Fixed Slits as per powder applications
requirements.
Sample Stage: Rotating Sample Stage with spinner
01
with suitable sample holders for powder samples
(Quote option as replacement). Quote for sample
holders – 20 nos.
Goniometer: High Precision, vertical type
Goniometer with theta-theta or theta-2theta geometry.
The Goniometer should be equipped with suitable slit
assembled both on the primary and secondary sides to
enhance overall performance. Usable angular range -3
to 145 deg.
Achievable peak width should be <0.05deg or better.
Accuracy should be +/- 0.02deg or better. Automatic
x-ray tube recognition, by rotating to change from line
to fine focus, without alignment or removing tube.
Automatic Computerized change between Bragg-
Brentano and parallel beam
Detector system: Latest technology Silicon strip
detector with guaranteed no bad strip with 180 to 192
strips. maximum global count rate: >100,000,000 cps.
Cabinet: This unit to have a radiation-safe sample
cabinet. The cabinet should have safety requirement as
per international radiation & CE norms and should
have auto x-ray off upon accidental opening of cabinet
doors during the run. The system should be compact
and easy to move to other places.
Control software with license: Extensive analytical
software package (latest WINDOWS based) for data
handling and processing, qualitative and quantitative
analysis of various kinds of samples. Software should
be quoted with user license. Windows based software
packages to control all instrument parameters.
Supporting software for data analysis and structure
determination, phase identification of crystal structure
- Complete search/match program with background
subtracted data. Easy simulation and automatic
refinement / smoothening of measured data.
Peak search, integrated intensity, Kα1 and Kα2
separation, intensity ratio for quantitative analysis and
crystallite size etc. Compatible with ICDD data base.
Software should be quoted
with user license. Quote for ICDD data base
(Optional). A software package for teaching /
academic useful should be included (Optional).
Rietveld software package should be quoted
(Optional).
Computer systems: Branded latest configurations
high-end PC with high capacity Hard disk and
CD/DVD writer drive, 19‖ TFT Color monitor, Key
board, mouse, Laser jet branded printer. The PC
equipped with latest licensed windows operating
system should be quoted for data acquisition purposes.
Cooling and UPS system: Suitable Water chiller for
X-ray tube to operate in 25 ⁰C atmosphere. A
compatible UPS system must be provided.
Installation & commissioning : The instrument to be
installed tested and commissioned by representative of
supplier at our premises to the satisfaction of user free
of cost
Training The supplier should provide the training on
the site free of cost
Warranty: Minimum 3 years warranty for system and
all parts at site basis including all hidden cost.
Purchaser will not pay any amount during warranty
period.
Spares and Consumables: The spares and support
should be available for 10 years from the date of
installation and commissioning of the quoted model
and manufacturer should give in writing along with
offer.
Compliance: Vendor should take all necessary
responsibility to quote for configuration to suit all the
above applications. It should be clear that all the
required features must be clearly mentioned, so that at
the time of making comparative statement – we must
not end up in any trouble.
23-064 Digital pH meter Graphic display with on-screen instructions. 50-set
memory (pH, temp, date and time stamp). Automatic
calibration and buffer recognition. Water proof
housing. User-replaceable single or double junction
electrodes
02
24-064 Digital Hot Plate & magnetic stirrer
Heater should be constructed of aluminum. Top
should be constructed from ceramic and it must have
an enamel protective coating. Dimensions: 305 ×305
mm
02
25-064 Digital centrifuge system
A digital programmable centrifuge with following
specifications: Capacity:
8 tube (3 - 15 ml), 3500 rpm
Dimensions: 11L x 11W x 9.5H (inches)
110/220V auto switching
01
26-064 Tube Furnace 01
Tube Furnace: A programmable tube furnace with
following specs:
Temp: 1350 ° C with branded heating filament
Heated lengths: 200 - 1250 mm
Inner tube diameter: 40 - 150 mm
Extra port for gas (Carbolite Gero)
27-064 Ultrasonic Bath
A digital programmable ultrasonic bath of medium
size
01
28-064 Spin coater
A digital programmable spin coater provided with
vacuum setup and revolution speed of 8000 rpm.
01
29-064 Teflon Autoclaves
25mL Teflon Lined Hydrothermal Synthesis
Autoclave (5 items), 50mL Teflon Lined
Hydrothermal Synthesis Autoclave (5 items), 100mL
Teflon Lined Hydrothermal Synthesis Autoclave (5
items)
15
30-064 vacuum chamber
A glass vacuum chamber of medium size to protect
oxygen sensitive samples from air and moisture
01
31-064 Muffle Furnace
A programmable muffle furnace with following specs:
Temp: 1450°C with branded heating filament
Dimensions of chamber: 8 x 8 x 12 inches ( Volume
13 Liter)
01
EQUIPMENT PRICE FORM FOR ADVANCED LABORATORY OF PHYSICS
31-064 To determine the modulus of rigity of a wire by static
method 2
32-064
To calibrate a given thermocouple using a
potentiometer
2
33-064
To determine the value of J(mechanical equivalent of
heat) by Callender and Barne‘s electrical method with
heat loss compensation
2
34-064
To determine the wave length of sodium light by
newton‘s rings
1
35-064
To determine the unknown low resistance by carey
Foster bridge
5
36-064 To compare the capacitance of two capacitors by
ballistic galvanometer 5
37-064 To determine the temperature co-efficient of a given
resistance. 2
38-064 Setup of an RLC series circuit. 4
39-064 Setup of an RLC parallel circuit. 4
40-064 To study the voltage current characteristics of an
electric discharge in gases at low pressur 2
41-064 Determination of frequency of the AC mains supply
by a sonometer 2
42-064 Calibration of a voltmeter using a potentiometer 4
43-064 To study the combinations of harmonic motion
(Lissajous figures). 1
44-064 Determining the wavelength of standing sound waves 3
45-064 To investigate the relationship between light intensity
and the distance by using photocell 4
46-064 Determination of wavelength of sodium light by
Fresnel‘s bi-prism. 1
47-064 To determine horizontal / vertical distance by sextant. 2
48-064 Determining the velocity of light using a periodical
light signal at a short measuring distance 1
49-064 FRANK-HERTZ experiment. 1
50-064 Millikan Oil drop experiment 1
51-064 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) 1
52-064
X-Ray Diffraction Spectrometer (XRD) 1
53-064 Digital pH meter 2
54-064 Digital Hot Plate & magnetic stirrer 2
55-064 Digital centrifuge system
1
56-064 Tube Furnace
1
57-064 Ultrasonic Bath
1
58-064 Spin coater
1
59-064 Teflon Autoclaves
15
60-064 vacuum chamber 1
61-064 Muffle Furnace 1
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-065
Procurement of Advanced Lab. Equipment for CS & IT at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Advanced Lab. Equipment for CS & IT
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 065 Fixed RFID Reader
High Performance, UHF 4-port reader, Ethernet
Supported
02
02-065 RFID Sensor Hub
i. Microcontroller based motherboard with
integrated RFID module
ii. Universal power adapter
iii. Antenna adapter cable
iv. USB cables
v. Optional Bluetooth plug-in module
vi. Optional WiFi plug-in module
vii. Optional GPS plug-in module
viii. Optional PoE plug-in module
ix. Quickstart Guide with links to access hardware
and software reference design files.
x. SDK
xi. Sample applications (Keyboard wedge sample
application is pre-loaded into memory
01
03-065 Desktop RFID Reader
i. Support for EPC global Gen 2 (ISO 18000-6C)
with Anti-Collision and DRM
ii. Powered by USB connection to notebook or
desktop PC
iii. Reader Assistant software and applications
development tools
iv. Support for full 860 to 960 MHz UHF RFID
carrier frequency range to accommodate
worldwide regulations
v. Certifiable for operation in countries adopting
FCC, ETSI, KCC, TRAI, ACMA, SRRC
regulatory specifications (Open
(Customizable) 860-960 MHz)
vi. Tag Read Rate up to 50 tags/second
vii. Tag Read Distance Up to 1.2 m (4 feet) with
internal antenna
viii. Tag read distance up to 6.1 m (20 feet) with
external 6 dBi linear polarized external
antenna
ix. Operating temperature range -40 to +60º C
with appropriate duty cycle
x. High impact plastic case
xi. Dimensions: 97 mm L x 61 mm W x 25 mm H
(3.8 in L x 2.4 in W x 1.0 in H)
01
04-065 Fixed/Finished UHF RFID Reader DevKit
i. Reader specific power supply (as required)
ii. Sample RFID tags
iii. Reader and antenna specific cables
iv. Antenna (included with DevKit):
01
o M6: External wideband, 8.5 – 9.5 dBiC
o Astra-EX: Integrated monostatic, 7.5 –
8.5 dBiC
o Vega: External RHCP, 7.5 dBiC
o USB Reader: Internal linear polarized,
1 dBi
05-065 RFID GPS Interface Module
Sensor Hub Plug-in GPS Interface Module 03
06-065 RFID Antenna (FCC)
MTI-MT-262006/TRH/A/K(RHCP) 02
07-065 Antenna Cable
25 Feet (195 Series, RP-TNC male to RPC TNC
Male)
05
08-065 Antenna Cable
20Feet (195 series, RP-TNC male to RPC TNC
Femal)
05
09-065 RFID Tag
Omni-ID DURA 3000 50
10-065 Video Camera Drone
i. Flight Time: up to 60 minutes
ii. Camera: FPV 4K (or 2.7K) 15MP Camera
iii. Battery Type: 15.2V 4480mAh Lipo 4S
iv. Transmitter: DEVO Transmitter or tablet
device
v. Range: 3 to 5 Km
vi. Features: Track Modes, GPS-Assisted Hover,
Vision Positioning System, Automatic
Landing, Automatic Flight logs, Follow Me,
Altitude Set Height, Return to Home, Auto-
pilot and First Person View, Out of Control
return.
vii. Accessories: DJI-P3-Battery Intelligent
Battery for Phantom 3 Drones (White),
SanDisk Ultra 64GB Ultra Micro SDXC UHS-
I/Class 10 Card with Adapter, Remote
Controller with LCD Screen.4x Propeller Pair,
Intelligent Flight Battery, Battery Charger,
Power Cable, Safety Guidelines, Quick Start
Guide, Gimbal Clamp, 4x Vibration Absorber,
16GB Micro-SD Card, Micro-USB Cable, 2x
Anti-drop Kit, 4x Landing Pad, DJI USA
Warranty.
01
11-065 Laptop-i7 (7th
Generation)
Processor:
intel® Core™ i7-7700 HQ Processor (6M
Cache,
2.8 GHz)
Graphics: Integrated Graphics
Graphics Controller-Intel HD Graphics 630
Nvidia ® GeForce® GT920M
Discrete graphics adapter memory 6 GB
Display:
17.3 FHD (1920 x 1080) Anti Glare (16:9)
02
WLED
Dimensions:
Height: 0.92" (23.25mm) x Width: 14.96"
(380.0mm) x Depth: 10.23" (260.0mm)
50192
Memory:
16GB (1x8GB) 1600MHz DDR3L Memory
Camera: Yes
Battery:
65 Whr 6-cell Li-Ion (Cylindrical) with
Express
Charge™
Storage: 1000GB 7200RPM Hard Disk Drive
Weight: 2.06Kg
I/O Ports:
2x USB 3.0
1x USB 2.0
VGA HDMI
Optional Touch Fingerprint Reader
SD 3.0 Memory Card Reader
Communication:
Bluetooth 4.0 + BGN or AC Wlan (Dongle,
HDMI- VGA, USB3.0-RJ45 WiDi 5.0
12-065 Wireless Sensor Node
IRIS/MICA modules to enable the low-power
wireless sensor networks measurement system.
Available in 868/916 MHz or 2.4 GHz.
12
13-065 Wireless Sensor Base Station
IRIS/MICA module functioning as a base station
when connected to the USB PC interface.
03
14-065 Wireless Sensor Processor/Radio Board Gateway provides a USB Interface for data
communications.
03
15-065 Wireless Sensor Data Acquisition Board
high performance data acquisition board with up to
11 channels of 12-bit ADC analog input and onboard
temperature and humidity sensors.
03
16-065 Wireless Sensor Programming Board
Include TinyOS
SDK
03
17-065 Wireless Sensor Monitoring Software
Monitoring Software for historical and real-time
charting. Provides topology map, data export
capability, Mote programming and a command
interface to sensor
networks
01
18-065 3G/GPRS/GSM Shield for Arduino with GPS -
European version SIM5320E
16 acquisition channels
- GPS L1 C/A code
03
- Sensitivity
Tracking: -157dBm / Cold starts : -144dBm
-Time-To-First-Fix
Cold starts: 100s(typ) / Hot starts: 1s(typ)
- Accuracy: approx 2.5 meters
19-065 SIM808 Module GSM GPRS GPS Development
Board IPX SMA with GPS Antenna for ARDUINO
Raspberry Pi Support 2G 3G 4G SIM Card Is_customized : Yes
Power supply: 5-26V
When the power supply is less than 9V, needs 2A DC
Another channel power supply port is 3.5-4.2V,
suitable lithium battery
Computer debugging USB - TTL
1 channel TTL serial port, can switch GPS and GSM
function
Can realize GPS positioning, messaging, data and
other functions, the average standby at 80MA
Power consumption is about 10MA
With voice and microphone interface
Quad Band, globally available
1 channel GPS antenna interface, SMA interface for
connecting an active antenna (default), you can also
access the passive antenna
1 channel GSM antenna interface, SMA interface
1 channel Bluetooth antenna interface, SMA interface
1 channel voice interface, 1 channel mic interface
1 channel efficient LDO power supply, input voltage
is 5-26V. Note that when the input voltage is less than
9V, please ensure that the power supply can provide
current 2A. Another channel power supply input port
3.5-4.2V (suitable for lithium battery)
1 channel TTL level interface, perfectly compatible
with 5V, 3.3V, 2.85V level system
1 channel USB interface, allows easy updates to
SIM808
Important chip pin all leads out
03
20-065 Arduino Starter Kit
1 Projects Book (170 pages), 1 Arduino / Genuino
Uno, 1 USB cable, 1 Breadboard 400 points, 70 Solid
core jumper wires, 1 Easy-to-assemble wooden base,
1 9v battery snap, 1 Stranded jumper wires (black), 1
Stranded jumper wires (red), 6 Phototransistor, 3
Potentiometer 10kOhms, 10 Pushbuttons, 1
Temperature sensor [TMP36], 1 Tilt sensor, 1
alphanumeric LCD (16x2 characters), 1 LED (bright
white), 1 LED (RGB), 8 LEDs (red), 8 LEDs (green),
8 LEDs (yellow), 3 LEDs (blue), 1 Small DC motor
6/9V, 1 Small servo motor, 1 Piezo capsule
[PKM17EPP-4001-B0], 1 H-bridge motor driver
[L293D], 1 Optocouplers [4N35], 2 Mosfet
transistors [IRF520], 5 Capacitors 100uF, 5 Diodes
[1N4007], 3 Transparent gels (red, green, blue), 1
Male pins strip (40x1), 20 Resistors 220 Ohms, 5
Resistors 560 Ohms, 5 Resistors 1 k Ohms, 5
Resistors 4.7 k Ohms, 20 Resistors 10 k Ohms, 5
Resistors 1 M Ohms, 5 Resistors 10 M Ohms
01
21-065 Channel Electroglottograph with microphone
preamplifier
1. Larynx position indicator
2. Analog line level output
3. USB connectivity
4. Signal strength indicator
5. Research quality electret microphone
6. Microphone jack supporting both electret and
dynamic microphones
7. Headset electret microphone
8. Laryngeal position tracking signal output
9. Larynx Simulator
10. LED signal strength indicator
11. Selectable waveform polarity
12. Dual rechargeable battery system
13. LED electrode placement indicator on dual-
channel models.
14. Phase response compensator
15. Software: PhaseComp software
ADD ONs:
i. XLR microphone cable
ii. Usb Cord
iii. Set of two Velcro neck straps
iv. 35mm dual channel electrodes
v. Laboratory quality behringer ECM-8000
omnidirectional microphone
vi. M80 omnidirectional headset
microphone
vii. Power supply
viii. XLR microphone cable
ix. 3.5 mm male to male audio cable
x. Tube of electrode gel
xi. VV Signals EGG signal display software
05
22-065 Noise Cancelling Microphones
1. Standard 6 foot coiled cord, that retracts to only
1-1.5 foot
2. Upto 2-3 inch wide by 4-5 inch high microphone
body
05
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Equipment for Research Lab. Of
Electrical Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-066
Procurement of Equipment for Research Lab. Of Electrical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Equipment for Research Lab. Of Electrical
Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 066 Solar PV emulator
1. Voltage range : 0 ~150V/600V/1000V/1500V
2. AC input voltage range : 200/220Vac,
380/400Vac , 440/480Vac
3. 3U/15kW high power density module with
easy master/slave parallel operation up to
1.5MW
4. Fast transient response solar array simulation
5. Simulation of multiple solar cell material's I-V
characteristic (fill factor)
6. Simulation of dynamic irradiation intensity and
temperature level from clear day to cloud
cover conditions
7. Shadowed I-V curve output simulation (up to
4096 data points)
8. Low leakage current (< 3mA)
9. Precision V & I measurements
10. Auto I-V program: 100 I-V curves & Dwell
time 1-15,000s
11. Static & dynamic MPPT efficiency test
(accumulated energy methods)
12. Data recorded via softpanel
13. Standard USB / RS232 / RS485 interface
14. Optional GPIB / Ethernet interface
15. Real time analysis of PV inverters' MPPT
tracking via softpanel
16. Free graphic user interface - softpanel for
operation
17. Real world weather simulation fast I-V curve
update rate : 1s
18. Support up to ten-channel SAS control for
multi-MPPT testing
19. Build-in dynamic MPPT test profile of
EN50530, Sandia, CGC/GF004 and NB/T
32004
01
02-066 Prototyping unit 1. Real time processor 2Ghz dual core or above.
2. Host communication co-processor with 800MHz
for communication with host PC.
3. 1 GB DRAM or more
4. 128MB flash memory or more
5. Autonomous booting of applications from flash
6. Integrated gigabit ethernet host interface
7. USB 2.0 interface for data logging
8. 2 X UART(RS232/422/485) interface
9. 1 X LVDS interface to connect with the
programmable generic interface PGI1
10. Programmable FPGA
02
11. Analog inputs
a. 8 14-bit channels, 10Msps, differential;
functionality: free running mode
b. 24 16-bit channels, 1 Msps, differential;
functionality single conversion and burst
conversion mode with different trigger and
interrupt options
c. -10 to 10 V input voltage range
12. Analog output
a. 16 16-bit channels, 1Msps settling time 1μs
b. -10 to 10 V output voltage range
c. Output current ±8mA
13. Digital I/O
a. 48 bidirectional channels
b. 2.5/3.3/5 V (single-ended); functionality:
bit I/O, PWM generation and measurement
(10 ns resolution), pulse generation and
measurement (10 ns resolution), 4 x SPI
Master
c. 12 bidirectional channels (RS422/485 type)
to connect sensors with differential
interfaces
d. Power supply : 100-240Vac 50/60HZ
03-066 Isolated channel oscilloscope
1. Four electrically isolated inputs
2. Sampling rate 1GS/s or more
3. Dedicated 999 count digital multimeter
4. Bandwidth 200MHz or above
5. 4 X BNC input
6. 1000 V CAT III/600 V CAT IV between
inputs, reference and ground
7. 2mV-100 V/div plus variable attenuation
8. Scope record mode : 30,000 points per input
02
04-066 Power Quality and energy analyzer
1. Voltage range 1-1000 V phase to neutral with
accuracy of ±0.1% of nominal voltage with
0.1V resolution.
2. Current measurement range 0.5A-600A with
accuracy of ±0.5% and resolution of 0.1A
3. Maximum measurement of 6000MW with
accuracy of ±1% and resolution of 0.1W to
1MW.
4. Power factor measurement with accuracy of
±0.1% and resolution of 0.001
5. Measurement of Energy and Energy loss
6. Measurement of Harmonics, Interharmonics
from 1-50 grouping.
7. 8GB SD card (SDHC compliant, FAT32
formatted) standard, up to 32 GB optionally
Screen save and multiple data memories for
storing data including recordings
Brightness: 200 cd/m 2 typ. using power adapter,
02
90 cd/m 2 typical using battery power Size: 127 x
88 mm (153 mm/6.0 in diagonal) LCD Resolution:
320 x 240 pixels Contrast and brightness: user-
adjustable, temperature compensated
05-066 Digital oscilloscope
1. Bandwidth: 200 MHz
2. 4 Channels
3. Max Memory Depth 1 Mpts
4. Sample Rate 2 GSa/s
Display Size 8.5 inch
5. ADC Bits-8 bits
6. Waveform Update Rate 50,000 wfms/s
7. Connectivity: USB Device x2, USB host x 1,
std. LAN, VGA, GPIB
8. Built-In Instruments:
9. 20 MHz function generator
10. Digital Volt Meter -2.5-digit DVM + 5-digit
counter
11. Education Kit for DSO X 2000 Series
Oscilloscopes
12. Additional 2 sets of Probes (Min. measurement
Range 200 MHz)
03
06-066 Logic Analyzer
1. 34 Channels (upgradable)
2. High-speed timing: up to 25 GHz (40 ps) with
128 Kb record Length
3. Maximum Timing sample Rate (Half/Full
channel):
a. 3.2 GHz / 1.6 GHz
4. Maximum Record Length: 2 – 4 Mb
5. Time stamp: 54 bits at 20 ps resolution (>4
days duration)
6. Analog MUX: 4 fixed channels
7. Probes:
a. P5910 - 17-channel General-purpose
probe
b. P5934 - 34-channel Mictor probe
8. PC specifications:
a. OS:
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Ultimate, 64-
bit
b. Processor: Intel® Core i3-2120,
3.3 GHz, 3M Cache
c. Chipset: Intel® Q67 chipset
d. Memory: 4 GB Total
e. Optical drive: Internal 4.7 GB
DVD±R/RW
f. External display port type: One (1)
DVI connector and one (1) VGA
connector
g. External display resolution: Up to
1920 × 1200 non-interlaced at 32-bit
01
color
h. USB port: Five (5) USB 2.0 ports and
two (2) USB 3.0 ports
9. Front panel display: Size: 15 in. (38.1 cm)
10. External Oscilloscopes Support
11. Software included
12. All accessories must be included
13. Additional one probe set
07-066 FPGA evaluation board
1. Evaluation board featuring the Kintex-7
XC7K325T-2FFG900C FPGA
2. 1 GB DDR3 memory SODIMM
3. 128 MB Linear Byte Peripheral Interface (BPI)
flash memory
4. 128 Mb Quad Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
flash memory
5. Secure Digital (SD) connector
6. USB JTAG via Digilent module
7. Clock generation
a. Fixed 200 MHz LVDS oscillator
(differential)
b. Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
programmable LVDS oscillator
(differential)
c. SMA connectors (differential)
d. SMA connectors for GTX
transceiver clocking
8. GTX transceivers
a. FMC HPC connector (four GTX
transceivers)
b. FMC LPC connector (one GTX
transceiver)
c. SMA connectors (one pair each
for TX, RX, and REFCLK)
d. PCI Express (eight lanes)
e. Small form-factor pluggable plus
(SFP+) connector
f. Ethernet PHY SGMII interface
(RJ-45 connector)
9. PCI Express endpoint connectivity
10. SFP+ Connector
11. 10/100/1000 tri-speed Ethernet PHY
12. USB-to-UART bridge
13. High-Definition Multimedia Interface ™
(HDMI) technology codec
14. I2C bus
a. I2C mux
02
b. I2C EEPROM (1 KB)
c. USER I2C programmable LVDS
oscillator
d. DDR3 SODIMM socket
e. HDMI codec
f. FMC HPC connector
g. FMC LPC connector
h. SFP+ connector
15. Configuration options
a. Linear BPI flash memory
b. Quad SPI flash memory
c. USB JTAG configuration port
d. Platform cable header JTAG
16. Development Toolchain
a. configuration portFull seat
Vivado® Design Suite: Design
Edition (2016 or above with
SDK)
b. Xilinx Vivado® Design
Compatible Edition
08-066 SoC evaluation board
1. Zynq®-7000 All Programmable SoC
XC7Z020-CLG484-1
2. Memory
a. 512 MB DDR3
b. 256 Mb Quad-SPI Flash
c. 4 GB SD card
3. Onboard USB-JTAG Programming
4. 10/100/1000 Ethernet
5. USB OTG 2.0 and USB-UART
6. PS & PL I/O expansion (FMC, Pmod™
Compatible, XADC)
7. Multiple displays (1080p HDMI, 8-bit VGA,
128 x 32 OLED)
8. I2S Audio CODEC
9. Kit must Includes
a. Avnet ZedBoard 7020 baseboard
b. 12 V power supply
c. 4 GB SD Card
d. Micro-USB cable
e. USB Adapter: Male Micro-B to
02
Female Standard-A
f. Getting Started Guide
10. Development Toolchain
11. configuration portFull seat Vivado®
Design Suite: Design Edition (2016 or
above with SDK)
12. Xilinx Vivado® Design Compatible
Edition
13. Xilinx Vivado® Design Edition license
voucher (device locked to 7Z020)
09-066 Multi core evaluation board
1. Hardware Features
a. Double wide AMC form factor
providing access to Serial RapidIO,
XFI, CPRI, SGMII, and Hyperlink
Single Keystone 2 C66x multicore
processor
b. 2 GB ECC DDR3 on board
c. 2 GB ECC DDR3 1333 SO-DIMM
d. 512 MB NAND Flash
e. 128 Mb NOR Flash
f. 1Mb I2C EEPROM for local boot
(remote boot possible)
g. Dual 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports on
board
h. GPS Input
i. µSIM Connector
j. LCD Display
k. User programmable LEDs and DIP
switches
l. 60-pin JTAG emulator header
m. Board-specific Code Composer
StudioTM
n. Integrated Development Environment
o. Orcad and Gerber design file
2. Software Features:
a. Board-specific Code Composer
StudioTM
b. Integrated Development Environment
c. Orcad and Gerber design files
3. Kit Contents:
a. EVMK2HX Evaluation Module
b. Power adapter and power cord
c. USB cable for on-board JTAG
emulation (XDS200)
d. Mini-USB cable
e. Ethernet cable
f. RS-232 serial cable
02
g. Universal Plug Adapter
h. Documentation
4. Daughter Card
a. The adaptor card is a PCIe x4 lane
form-factor
b. One x4 lane PCIe PCB edge finger
connector
c. One AMC B+ style (170 pin) PCB
edge finger connector.
d. One AMC B+ style connector housing
(AMC Socket) to hold the EVM
e. Connector to provide DC power to the
FAN
10-066 PCB Milling and Drilling Machine
1. Maximum material size and layout 229 mm x
305 mm x 35/22 mm
2. Resolution (X/Y) 0.5 μm (0.02 mil)
3. Repeatability ± 0.001 mm (± 0.04 mil)
4. Precision of front-to-back alignment ± 0.02
mm (± 0.8 mil)
5. Milling spindle Max. 100,000 rpm, software
controlled
6. Tool change Automatic, 15 positions
7. Milling width adjustment Automatic
8. Tool holder 3.175 mm (1/8‖), automatic holder
9. Drilling speed 120 strokes/min
10. Travel speed (X/Y) Max. 150 mm/ s (6‖/s)
11. X/Y-drive 3-phase stepper motor
12. Z-drive 2-phase stepper motor
13. Dimensions (W x H x D) 670 mm x
540 mm x 840 mm 14. Power supply 90 - 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, 450 W
15. Compressed air supply 6 bar (87 psi), 100
l/min (3.5 cfm)
16. Dust extraction accessory
01
11-066 Vector Network Analyzer
1. 1 MHz — 43.5 GHz, type Ruggedized K(m)
ports (compatible with 3.5 mm and SMA
connectors)
2. Time Domain with Time Gating
3. Extra external hard drive with preloaded
software (For MS46322A only)
4. Dynamic range > 100 dB
5. Sweep speed 130 µs/point, typical
6. Directivity 30 dB, 30 GHz — 43.5 GHz
01
12-066 Measurement System for
Impedance/capacitance/resistance
1. Agilent 4284A 20 - 1M Hz Precision LCR
meter (01 Unit)
2. Agilent 34970A Data Acquisition/Switch Unit
01
Set
(01 Unit) 3. Micromanipulators (01 Unit)
4. The micromanipulator co., model 450/550
device I-V characteristic measurement system
(01 Unit)
13-066 Research-level Data Acquisition System 1. Data Acquisition Bus 16 Channel (Similar to
National Instruments) (02 Unit)
2. Fast DAQ Cards (Data Aquisition Cards), both
12-bit 500 kSa/s and 16-bit 100 kSa/s (02
Unit) 3. GPIB Data Acquisition (General Purpose
Interface Bus) (02 Unit)
4. LabVIEW Software (Virtual Instruments) (01
Unit) 5. Mathematica site license (01 Unit)
01
Set
14-066 Partial discharge measurement
and analysis system (High-end)
IEC 60270- compliant PD measurement and automated reporting system. Theplug-and-play modular system consisting of measurement system, USB controller and dedicated analysis software. 1. Acquisition / Measurement Unit (01 Unit)
a. Continuous, uninterrupted acquisition of PD events
b. Frequency domain and time domain integration
c. Center frequency: 0 Hz ... 32 MHz d. Time domain: 100 ns ... 8 μs e. Input voltage: V input: 60 V rms
(max.) PD input: 10 V rms (max.)
f. PD event time resolution < 2 ns g. Measurement accuracy
Voltage:± 0.05 % of calibrated V value Frequency: ± 1 ppm PD level: ± 2 % of calibrated PD value
2. Fiber Optic Bus Controller (01 Unit)
a. USB 2.0 type B b. Fiber optical network
Must be suitable for the measurement unit mentioned above. 3. Lithium-Ion Battery pack with Charger (01
Unit) a. Power Rating 11.1 V nominal, 8 Ah
4. Measuring impedance (01 Unit) Quadripolesexternal measuring impedancesfor partial discharge
01
Set
measurements. Must include an integrated 90 VPeak overvoltage protection device
a. Max. currents 0.5 A or 2 A b. Frequency range(PD output)
20 kHz ... 5 MHz c. Low-arm capacitance 30 μF (for 0.5
A) and 120 μF (for 2 A) d. Output connectors
2 × BNC (PD & V), 1 × BNC (TTL signal)
5. Coupling capacitor (01 Unit) The coupling capacitor connects the PD Acquisition unit to the high-voltage test object.
a. Volts (phase-to-ground): 100kV b. C nominal: 1.0 nF (± 10%) c. QPD:< 1PC @100kV d. BNC connection suitability
6. Fiber optical cable of 20m length (01 Unit) 7. Data report / analysis software package (01
Unit)
15-066 Integrated Power System Engineering Software 1. PSS SINCAL (12.5 License or later) (01 Unit) 2. PSS NETOMAC(12.5 License or later) (01
Unit)
01
Set
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-067
Procurement of Equipment for Supply of Undergraduate Mathemathics Lab. Equipment
at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Undergraduate Mathemathics Lab.
Equipment Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 067 Intel NUC Computer (Equivalent or
Better)
Computing
Board Form Factor UCFF (4" x 4")
Socket Soldered-down BGA
Internal Drive Form
Factor M.2 and 2.5" Drive
# of Internal Drives
Supported 2
Lithography 14 nm
TDP 28 W
DC Input Voltage
Supported 12-19 VDC
Recommended
Customer Price $475.00
Processor Included
Intel® Core™ i7-5557U
Processor (4M Cache, up to
3.40 GHz)
Warranty Period As mentioned in bidding
document
Memory Specifications
Memory Size
(dependent on
memory type)
8GB, Max upgradable
Memory Types DDR3L-1333/1600 1.35
V SO-DIMM
Graphics Specifications
Integrated Graphics ‡ Yes
Graphics Output
Mini-DP 1.2; Mini-HDMI
1.4a
Intel® Clear Video
Technology Yes
# of Displays
Supported ‡ 3
Expansion Options
PCI Express
Revision Gen2
PCI Express
Configurations ‡ M.2 slot with PCIe x4 lanes
M.2 Card Slot
(storage) 22x42/60/80
I/O Specifications
USB Revision 2.0, 3.0
50
# of USB Ports 6
USB 2.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
0 + 2
USB 3.0
Configuration
(External + Internal)
2B 2F + 0
Total # of SATA
Ports 2
Max # of SATA 6.0
Gb/s Ports 2
HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD,
Random 4k Compressible
50k or better
RAID Configuration
2.5" HDD/SSD + M.2
SATA/PCIe SSD
(RAID-0 RAID-1)
Audio (back channel
+ front channel)
7.1 digital (mHDMI mDP);
L+R+mic (F)
Integrated LAN 10/100/1000
Integrated Wifi Intel® Wireless-AC
7265 + BT 4.2
Integrated Bluetooth Yes
Consumer Infrared
Rx Sensor Yes
Additional Headers 2x USB2.0, AUX_PWR
Advanced Technologies
Intel® Virtualization
Technology for
Directed I/O (VT-d)
‡
Yes
Intel® HD Audio
Technology Yes
Intel® Rapid Storage
Technology Yes
Intel® Virtualization
Technology (VT-x) ‡ Yes
Intel® Platform Trust
Technology (Intel®
PTT)
Yes
Intel® Data Protection Technology
Intel® AES New
Instructions Yes
LED 21" LED with HDMi port
built-in.
or
Equivalent
02-067 Keyboard, Mouse and Display
Default: USB optical two button scroll, USB
Keyboard,
LED Display LED 18.5 compatible with Item no. 1
50
03-067 UPS (HOMAGE AXIOM HAX- 5002 OR
EQUIVALENT/BETTER) Specifications:
5000VA / 4200Watts / 48VDC / 220VAC / Pure
Sine Wave
Capable of starting electric motor 2.5HP
Input voltage range 175V - 280VAC (normal
range) 125V - 280VAC (generator/wide range)
Multi-function LCD with LED indications &
beeper alarms
Cost-effective as compared to generator
or
Equivalent
05
04-067 Laser Printer (for faculty)
Print, Copy, Fax, Scan
Print speed black:
Normal: Up to 22 ppm
First page out (ready)
Black: As fast as 9.5 sec
Duty cycle (monthly, A4) Up to 10000 pages 30 10
Recommended monthly page volume
150 to 1,500
Print technology
Laser
Print quality black (best)
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Resolution technology
p to 600 x 600 dpi, HP FastRes 1200 (1200 dpi
quality)
Print languages
URF/PWG/PCLmS
Display
6.86 cm (2.7-in) touchscreen, LCD (colour
graphics)
Processor speed
600 MHz
Wireless capability
Yes, built-in WiFi 802.11b/g/n
Connectivity, standard
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port built-in Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX network port Wireless
802.11b/g/n Memory, standard
256 MB
Paper handling input, standard
150-sheet input tray
Paper handling output, standard
100-sheet face-down bin
Maximum output capacity (sheets)
Up to 100 sheets
Duplex printing
Manual (driver support provided)
Media sizes supported
25
A4
A5
B5-Japanese envelopes (ISO DL, C5, B5, Com
#10, Monarch #7 3/4)
16K post cards (Standard #10, JIS single and
double)
Media sizes, custom
76 x 127 to 216 x 356 mm
Media types
Paper (plain, LaserJet), envelopes, transparencies,
labels, postcards
Media weight, supported
60 to 163 g/m²
Media weights, supported
ADF 60 to 90 g/m²
or
Equivalent
05-067 Multimedia
1. Lumens 2700 or more, resolution XGA (1024
x 768) or better, long-lasting lamp up to 6000
hours or more, audio output, Number of pixels,
2,359,296 (1024x768 x 3) pixels, Focus
manual, Contrast ratio 3000:1, HDMI, VGA
Video input, OSD language,
2. 6x8 screen for Multi Media Projector display
03
06-067 Laser Printer or better
2-line LCD control panel
2 Front door release button
100-sheet multipurpose tray 1
250-sheet input tray 2
150-sheet output bin
Power on/off button
Automatic two-sided printing1
USB port for job storage with PIN printing2
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 printing port
Ethernet port
Built-in wireless networking3
Built-in wireless direct printing4 and NFC
touch‑to‑print5
Rear door (access to print path)
Dust cover for tray 2—flips up when
legal-size/A4 is loaded
Two-sided printing Automatic
Networking Built-in 10/100/1000 Base-TX
Gigabit Ethernet
Print speed up to 38PPM
Print technology Laser
Print resolution 1200x1200, dpi
Standard connectivity 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0; 1 Host
USB; 1 Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000T network
Network ready
Memory 128MB, Duty cycle Up to 80,000 pages;
02
Recommended monthly page volume:5 750 to 4,000
pages
07-067 Laser Color Printer or better 3-inch (7.6 cm) colour touch screen with
gesturing tilts up for easier viewing
50-sheet multipurpose tray 1
250-sheet tray 2
150-sheet output bin
Easy-access USB port to print files directly1
Built-in wireless direct printing2/NFC
touch-to-print3
Front door release button (access to
Jet Intelligence Toner cartridges)
Built-in automatic two-sided printing
USB port for job storage4 with PIN printing
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 printing port
Ethernet network port
Built-in wireless networking5
256 MB memory and 1.2 GHz processor
Rear door (access to print path)
Wireless option (802.11b/g/n)
Up to 28 PPM
Two-sided printing automatic
Standard connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port; built-in
Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000
Base-TX network port; Easy-access USB; Host USB
Memory 256 MB DRAM or better
Duty cycle Up to 50,000 pages; Recommended
monthly page volume:5 750 to 4,000 pages
01
08-067 Scanner
Scan Technology CIS (Contact Image Sensor),
Scan Type Flatbed; Colour Scanning: Yes
Scan Resolution Hardware: Up to 2400 x 4800 dpi
Optical: Up to 2400 dpi Enhanced: Up to 19200 dp
Scan File Format Windows & Linux: BMP, JPEG,
GIF, TIFF, TIFF Compressed, PNG, PCX, FlashPix
(FPX), PDF, PDF searchable, RTF, HTM, TXT; Mac:
TIFF, PICT, JPEG, GIF, FlashPix ,
Plain Text, PDF, HTML, Rich Text. Mac HP Scan
supports : TIFF, PNG, JPEG, JPEG
2000, PDF, PDF-Searchable, RTF, TXT: TIFF, PNG,
JPEG, JPEG 2000, PDF,
PDF-Searchable, RTF, TXT. Mac Image Capture
supports: TIFF, PNG, JPEG, JPEG
2000, GIF, BMP, PDF
Scan Input Modes Four front panel button (Scan,
Copy, Scan to PDF, Scan to e-mail);
Standard Connectivity 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0.
Grayscale Levels/Bit Depth 256; Bit Depth: 48-bit
Energy Star yes
02
09-067 Split AC (DC inverter) 2 ton Mitsubishi 2 ton split AC (DC inverter) or better with
04
complete installation.
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Thermodynamics Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-069
Procurement of Thermodynamics Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Thermodynamics Lab. Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 069 Fuel Caloric Meter (Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments) Complete set for the measurement of calorific values
of solid and liquid fuels. Main parts of the caloric
meter must include a calorimeter vessel, a doubled
walled outer vessel, ignition control unit, thermometer
etc.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
01
02-069 . Single Stage/ Two Stage Reciprocating
Compressor Computer Controlled
(Complete with all Accessories to Perform
Experiments) A floor standing or bench mounted belt driven two
stage reciprocating air compressor that may be
operated as a single stage, two stage, two stage with
intercooling, two stage without intercooling. A high
pressure air receiver must be connected to the
compressor discharge. The thermocouples must record
all relevant temperatures and are connected to a
multiway selector switch. A computerized data
acquisition upgrade should be available that allows all
the system relevant parameters to automatically record
on a PC. The Computer controlled compressor test
unit must be able to observe ;
a) Variation of air flow rate with pressure ratio (with
and without intercooling)
b) Variation of volumetric efficiency with pressure
ratio (with and without intercooling)
c) Variation of isothermal efficiency with pressure
ratio (with and without intercooling)
d) Compressor performance relative to shaft power
(with and without intercooling)
So, a personal computer along with the software
compatible with the equipment should be provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus. Instructor
manual, student manual and maintenance manuals must
be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
01
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
03-069 Boyles Law Demonstrator (Complete with
all Accessories to Perform Experiments) Two sealed glass cylinders connected through a tube
mounted on a base board. One cylinder should be used
to pressurize the gas contained above oil in the
measuring cylinder while other cylinder should
perform the measuring function. The gas pressure
should be measured by the compound gauge fitted in
the measuring cylinder. The volume of the gas should
be measured with a graduated scale. Temperature of
the gas should be measured through a thermocouple
fitted in the measuring cylinder. A compressor
mounted on the base board should be used to adjust
the pressure of the gas above and below atmospheric
pressure. The compressor should be controlled
through a switch. The apparatus should be able to;
a) Demonstrate Boyle‘s for air and other gases
b) investigate characteristic equation of a gas
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus. Instructor
manual, student manual and maintenance manuals must
be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
01
04-069 Single cylinder Steam Engine Model Educational model of a horizontal steam engine with
piston valve control. The manner of operation of the
engine and of built on centrifugal governor should be
shown by putting the model in motion by turning the
flywheel. Dimensions of the model should be
36*22*24 cm approx. or equivalent. Net weight 3-5 kg
or equivalent. Gross weight 5-10 kg or equivalent. The
model should be carefully sectioned for training
purpose. The model should be painted professionally
with different colors to better differentiate various
parts. The main parts of the model should be
galvanized for a longer life. Tool kit must be provided
with the apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual
and maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
demonstration model.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
01
05-069 Temperature Measurement Bench
(Complete with all Accessories to Perform
Experiments)
Investigation of 4 different temperature measuring
techniques in a range of 0-60oC. 4 different types of
thermometers should be attached with the bench.
These include Bimetallic Dial Thermometer, Liquid
01
expansion thermometer, Resistance thermometer and
K type thermocouple. 4 different measuring sections
should be selected individually with ball valves. Flow
rate should be measured with rotameter. There should
be a digital display of temperatures measured using
sensors. Water connections should be made using
quick-release couplings. Rotameter should have a
measuring range of 100-1700L/hr or equivalent.
Bimetallic dial thermometer should be of range 0-
60oC or equivalent, liquid expansion thermometer
should be of range 0-60oC or equivalent, Resistance
thermometer should be of range -50-450oC or
equivalent, K type thermocouple should be of range 0-
125oC or equivalent. The temperature measurement
bench should be able to observe;
a) Function, construction and applications of
Bimetallic Dial Thermometer, liquid expansion
thermometer, resistance thermometer and
thermocouples
b) Sensitivity, precision and measuring errors of
different thermometers
c) Installation methods, installation errors and
response etc.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
06-069 Wankel Engine Model Rotating engine model with cutway carburetor. The
rotor (triangular piston) must be operated by the
driving shaft and rotates inside the stator thus clearly
showing the different phases. A small bulb should be
light up during compression phase to simulate the
petrol ignition. The engine should be operated
manually through a crank handle. Dimensions of the
model should be 20*40*30 cm or equivalent. Net
weight 3-7 kg or equivalent. Gross weight 5-10 kg or
equivalent. The model should be carefully sectioned for
training purpose. The model should be painted
professionally with different colors to better
differentiate various parts. The main parts of the model
should be galvanized for a longer life. Tool kit must be
provided with the apparatus. Instructor manual, student
manual and maintenance manuals must be supplied
with the demonstration model.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
01
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
07-069 Direct Injection 2 stroke Diesel Engine
Model A 2 stroke diesel engine model with direct injection,
complete with injection pump, fuel injector,
volumetric compressor, cooling system etc. A small
bulb should be light up during expansion phase in
order to simulate the active stage of the cycle. The
engine should be operated manually through a crank
handle. The model should have the dimensions
40*40*65 cm or equivalent. Net weight 5-10 kg or
equivalent. Gross weight 9-15 kg or equivalent. The
cutway model should be carefully sectioned for
training purpose. The model should be professionally
painted with different colors in order to differentiate
various parts, cross-sections, lubricating circuits,
cooling system, fuel system etc. Main parts of the
model should be chromium plated and galvanized for
a longer life. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
demonstration model.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy or UK.
01
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Hydruics Machinery Lab.
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-070
Procurement of Hydruics Machinery Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Hydruics Machinery Lab.
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 070 Single Stage Centrifugal Pump Test Set A self-contained single stage centrifugal pump test set
complete in all manners should be supplied with a
water reservoir, pump and control valves. Housing of
the pump must be transparent. Unit must be able to
demonstrate pressure and temperature and flow rate
with the help of sensors digitally. Unit must be able to
be linked with a PC via USB interface. Software
complete in all manners along with a PC capable of
running the software should be supplied with the unit.
The origin of manufacturers must be United Kingdom,
Germany, Thailand and Japan only.
01
02- 070 Axial Flow Pump Module A self-contained unit complete in all manners should
be supplied to demonstrate behavior and
characteristics of an axial flow pump, with an
independent water storage tank and power system.
Housing of the pump must be transparent. The unit
should be able to demonstrate the flow rate, pressure
and temperature on digital display. Module must be
able to be linked with a PC via USB interface.
Software for capturing all the data and a PC capable of
running the software must be supplied with the unit.
The origin of manufacturers must be United Kingdom,
Germany, Thailand and Japan only.
01
03-070 Vane Pump Module A self-contained module complete in all manners
should be able to demonstrate the characteristics of a
vane pump. Module must be supplied with an
independent water reservoir and power system.
Housing of the pump must be transparent. Module
should be able to demonstrate flow rate, pressure and
water temperature digitally. The origin of
manufacturers must be United Kingdom, Germany,
Thailand and Japan only.
01
04-070 Positive Displacement Pump Module A self-contained module complete in all manners
should be able demonstrate behavior and important
characteristics of a positive displacement pump. The
module should have independent water reservoir and
driving system. For demonstration, module must be
supplied with piston pump and gear pump as an
accessory. Housing of the pump must be transparent.
Module must be able to demonstrate flow rate,
pressure and water temperature digitally. Module must
be able to be linked with a PC via USB interface.
Software for capturing all the data and a PC capable of
01
running the software must be supplied with the unit.
The origin of manufacturers must be United Kingdom,
Germany, Thailand and Japan only.
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Fluid Machincs Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-071
Procurement of Supply of Fluid Machincs Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan
(Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Fluid Machincs Lab. Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr. No. DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01- 071 Fluid Properties Measurement Bench An independent unit complete in all manners should
contain various devices for examining fluid properties.
These devices should either be fixed on the bench or
free standing. Tank for storing water with proper
drainage system must be incorporated with in the
bench. The bench should contain wide range of
apparatuses to demonstrate various experiments
related to fluid properties such as fluid density and
specific gravity, capillary in tubes and between pipes,
Pascal‘s Law demonstration, Archimedes principle
demonstration etc. The manufacturer‘s origin must be
of United Kingdom, Germany or Japan only.
01
Note: All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Computer Lab
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-072
Procurement of Mechanics of Computer Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Computer Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-072 Computers
Desktop Computers with LCD monitor. Having
following specs
Intel® Core™ i7 processor (latest generation)
Windows 10 Home 64-bit
16 GB RAM
2 TB hard drive
Front - (2) USB 3.0, 5:1 Multi-Card Reader, (1)Audio Combo Jack Rear - Line in/out and Microphone Port, (1) VGA, (1) HDMI out, (4) USB 2.0, Network Port,
DC power.
Graphics card Min. 4 GB
Wired keyboard and mouse with each
22 in display
Built-in speaker
Security software installed
40
02-072 Software
Pro- E
MATLAB
AutoCAD
Primavera P6
1
03-072 Multimedia projector
Portable, 3000 lumens, XGA with screen (6‘*6‘)
and tripod.
1
04-072 Laser Printers
A4 laser printer and color laser printer, network
type.
2
05-072 Misc. 1. Document presenter
2. External hard 8 tera byte
3. External DVD writer
4. Blu-ray external writer
5. Blu-ray disk writable (10 pieces)
1
6. Latest USB 3.0 min 16 GB (10 pieces)
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Mechanics of Materials
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-073
Procurement of Mechanics of Materials Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Mechanics of Materials Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-073 Damped Torsional Oscillation (Complete
with all Tooling and Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
Experimental unit for Damped Torsional
Oscillations which includes
3 mass disks
4 freely positionable ball-bearing-mounted
units with clamping chucks
sealed oil damper
exciter unit with drive crank; exciter
amplitudes 1.4°, 1.8°, 2.4°
4 rotary angle sensors, 0.03V/°
electrical exciter control unit for setting and
displaying the exciter frequency and for
powering the rotary encoder
software for data acquisition
Stainless Steel Torsion Bar: (Length 1000-
1500mm), (Diameter 4mm-6mm)
Small Disks: (Diameter 120mm-180mm)
Large Disk: (Diameter 200mm-250mm)
Exciter Frequency (1Hz-20Hz)
Damper Coefficient (0.25Nm/rad/s to
3.5Nm/rad/s)
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus. Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
Canada, Germany or UK.
01
02-073 Vickers Hardness Testing Machine
(Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
The test force should be in the range from 0.001N
to 100N. The equipment with wider range will be
preferred.
The maximum x, y, z axes travel distance should be
mentioned.
The magnification of each lens and maximum
magnification must be mentioned. The equipment
with wider range will be preferred.
The equipment must have the capacity to export the
01
image of the indent.
The resolution of the camera must be mentioned.
The equipment with higher resolution will be
preferred.
It must be mentioned if the machine has the
expandable capacity for the knoop hardness test or
not.
Standard samples for calibration should be supplied.
In case of multiple models from the same
manufacturer meet the requirements, it will be
appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
A software compatible with the camera, flexible and
easy to use. In case of multiple software from the
same manufacturer meet the requirements, it will be
appreciated if quotation for each is provided.
A complete set of operation manuals and
maintenance manuals for the machine, both in hard
copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should
be provided. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual,
and maintenance manuals must be supplied with
the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA,
Canada, Germany or UK.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Machine Tools
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-074
Procurement of Supply of Machine Tools
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT, Rahim Yar
Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Machine Tools
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-
074 Tool Room Lathe With Instrumentation
(Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
Mechanical Specifications
Center height:
200 –300mm
Swing over bed:
400 – 600mm
Swing over cross slide:
250 –340mm
Swing in gap:
600 – 800mm
Distance between centers:
800 – 1000mm
Spindle bore:
40 – 60mm
Speed range:
30-1600 RPM
Longitudinal feed range:
0.026-0.936mm/s
Main motor:
3 – 4 KW
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
01
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
Accessories
3 Jaw Self Centering chuck
4 Jaw Independent Chuck
Magnetic Chuck
Coolant Pump
Key Way Cutting Attachment
Taper Turning Attachment
Dog and carrier
Drive Plate
Face Plate
Angle Plate
Ball turning Attachment
Revolving dead center
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
02-074 Capstan Lathe (Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Standard Equipment must have:
Suitable electric 3 phase 440 volts
frequency 50 cycles with starter and fittings
Splash guard
One collets
Bar stopper
Spanner set
01
Coolant pump with assembly
Technical Specifications: (in mm otherwise
stated)
Spindle hollow:
42-62
Maximum collet capacity:
40 -60
Range of spindle speeds:
90-1050 or in between but should have
large flexibility of speed selection
similarly.
Effective strokes of turret slide:
165-180
Bore size in turret hex head:
25-32
Center of holes above turret slide:
55
Max. distance between spindle nose to
turret face: 375-430
Cross slide transverse travel:
95-150
Cross slide longitudinal travel:
300
Length of bed:
1050-1375
Width of bed:
178-230
Height of center above bed:
165-190
Floor space occupied:
2.5m x 1m to 3m x 1m or in between
Net weight of machine:
1850 kg Max
Accessories:
Vertical slide
Bar feeding attachment
Threading and cutting attachment
Tool holder
True chuck with chuck rate
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
03-074 Surface Grinder (Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Base: The Machine should be Built of Heavy duty
cast iron with high Grade cast iron base, hand
Scraped to fine tolerance to achieve highest
Accuracy. Design should
Make Easy Movement of table Slide. By Providing
V-ways and flat ways duly hand Scraped to fine
Tolerance to Achieve Highest Accuracy.
Wheel Head: The Grinding Wheel spindle should
be hardened & grounded. The Spindle should Run
in Precision angular Contact Bearings and driven
by flange
Mounted Motor though Flexible Couplings,
Ensuring through Free Service for a long life.
01
Micro Feed System: Vertical Grinding wheel
Slide Movement down at right side in the body.
The Vertical wheel dial least count in 0.01 mm.
and
Micro feed least count in 0.002 mm.
Working surface of the table 225 x 450mm,
Maximum height from table to grinding wheel
275mm, Vertical feed least count 0.01mm, Micro
feed least count 0.002mm, Cross Feed Least count
0.05mm, Spindle speed 2800RPM, Size of
Grinding wheel ( Dia x Width x Bore) 200 x 13 x
31.75mm, Magnetic chuck 200 x 450 mm, Electric
motor 1 to 2 HP – 2800RPM,
Accessories:
Balancing stand and mandrel, Diamond dresser,
Lubrication pump, Tool kit, One grinding wheel
with flange.
Optional accessories:
Permanent magnetic chuck, Coolant equipment,
Machine lamp (230v AC),Wheel Flange unit
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany, UK or equivalent.
04-074 Cylindrical Grinder(Complete with
all Accessories to Perform
Experiments)
The cylindrical Grinding Machine must be well
equipped with the finest machine tools
available to ensure the highest standard of
quality is maintained in production, giving
continued reliability in service and accuracy
of machining.
Specifications
General
Distance between centers (mm)
550/750 to 1000
Maximum swing over table (mm) 350
to 380
Maximum grinding diameter (mm) 330
to 360
Maximum loading between centers (kg) 60 to
150
Wheel head
Swiveling angle (R&L) +/-
15 deg
In feed travel (mm) 250
to 350
Hand feed travel (mm) 250
to 300
Automatic rapid travel (mm)
40 to 60
Automatic in feed increment (mm)
0.001 to 0.003
01
Hand wheel movement per division (mm)
0.005 to 0.009
Hand wheel movement per revolution (mm)
2 to 5
Grinding Head Motor Power (KW) 3.75
to 5.6
Grinding Spindle Speed
1650/1850/2100
Grinding Wheel
Diameter (mm) 375
to 405
Width (mm) 38-
75
Bore (mm) 132
to 152
Wheel speed (rpm)
1650/1850/2100
Table
Swiveling angle 4 to
9 Deg
Traverse speed (mm/min)
50-4000mm/min
Variable
Hand wheel movement per revolution (mm)
12.5 to15.5
Work Head
Swivel Angle 30 to
90 Deg
Spindle Speeds
50/75/100/150/200/25
0
Spindle Taper 4 MT to 5 MT
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break, Overvoltage,
Under voltage, Phase Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment
should be provided.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied
with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
Canada, Germany, UK or equivalent.
05-074 Pillar Drill (Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
It should be a small bench pillar drill, capable of
performing Drilling operations on the steels and
wooden plates. It should have a highly accurate
quill with the spindle running in genuine ball
bearings to ensure smooth and consistent drilling.
It must feature convenient drilling depth control.
The whole table assembly can be swiveled away to
allow the base to be used as a work support. The
drill should have a Quick adjust table height setting
and must be fitted with soft grip rubber feed
handles. Features include belt cover safety switch
and emergency stop switch and automatic
lubrication shall be provided.
Technical data:
Induction Motor power ranging from 200 to 500W.
Motor Speed ranging from 100 to 3000 rpm.
Drilling Capacity of the machine should be up to
15mm steel.
It should have a table tilting capacity of 45o - 0
o –
45o.
Accessories:
It should be equipped with up to 16 piece bit set
preferably consisting of twist drill bits, Auger bits,
and metal bits and countersinking bits ranging
from 5 to 50mm in size. It should also have a drill
stop collar set (respective of bit sizes) to gauge
depth when drilling. The machine should be
accompanied with a complete drill guide.
Electric Panel:
01
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus. Origin of
apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain, Canada,
Germany or UK.
06-074 Shaper (Complete with all accessories to
perform experiments)
The Machine should be mounted on a slide (bed on
which machine will travel) which will be clamped
to the shop floor bed plates during operation. The
movement of the machine will be along the length
of the rotor on the slides through a feed gear box
with motor. Provision for automatic movement and
clamping to be provided. The Shaper should have a
customized Tool post.
Machine structure should be rigid so that vibrations
do not occur during the machining.
Machine slide (bed on which machine will travel)
should be of single piece cast iron block with
hardened and ground guideways.
Automatic lubrication for each slide shall be
provided.
Technical data:
Length of stroke : Max.500 mm
No. of speeds to Ram : To be indicated by the
party
No. of Ram cycles / min. : Max.140 strokes/min.
Steps to be indicated by the party
01
Motor Power : A.C. 7.5 H.P. Specs. & make to be
given by the party
Vertical Travel of tool post slide : 150 mm
(Manual feed only).
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany, UK or equivalent.
07-074 Universal Milling Machine (Complete
with all Accessories To Perform
Experiments)
Technical specifications
Working Surface of Table (mm): 1600 x 350 to
1800 x 400
T-Slot Numbers / Size (mm): 3 / 22 T Nut
T-Slot Centre (mm): 85 to 90
Swivel of Table: ± 45o
Longitudinal Travel (X) (mm): 1000 - 1200
Cross Travel (Y) (mm): 340 - 380
Vertical Travel (Z) (mm): 600 - 650
Number of Feeds: 12 - 18
Range of Longitudinal Feed / min: 23 - 420
Range of Cross Feed / min: 23 - 420
Range of Vertical Feed / min: 3 - 70
Number of Rapid Feed: 1
Rapid Long and Cross / min: 1050 to 1100
Rapid Vertical / min: 160 - 200
Number of Spindle Speeds: 10 - 12
Range of Spindle Speeds (RPM): 40 - 1200
Spindle Taper: ISO40 –
ISO50
Arbor Diameter (mm): 32 - 40
Main Motor (HP): 7.5 - 10
Feed Motor (HP): 2 - 3
Coolant Motor (HP): 0.1
Overall Dimensions (m): Max 2.1 x 1.8
x 2.55
Net / Gross Weight (Kgs.): Max 4500 /
5200
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
01
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
Standard Accessories:
Electric motor, Electric control penal, Coolant
pump, Steel Bellows, Manual Lubrication pump,
Instruction Manual
Additional Accessories:
Vertical head, Parking bracket, Slotting Attachment,
rack Cutting Attachment, Dividing Head, Rotary
Table, Milling Machine Vice, Boring Head, Digital
Read-out (DRO), Machine Lamp, Collet Adapter,
Collets
08-074 Tool and Cutter Grinder (Complete with
all Accessories To Perform Experiments)
The tool & cutter grinder must be designed & built
to serve the multitude of cutters available on the
market today. With a tilting wheel head, fixed
centers, swiveling table, universal work head, as
standard. This machine must make light work of the
most complicated cutter helping keep the machine
shop running.
Specifications
Maximum swing over table (mm):
250
Maximum grinding diameter (mm):
250
Maximum loading between centres (kg):
60
Table size (mm):
135 x 940 Approx
Swivelling angle of wheel head:
360 deg
Vertical travel of wheel head (mm):
250-300
Hand feed travel of table (mm):
01
400-500
Cross travel of saddle (mm):
250-350
Graduation for table swivel movement (deg):
+ or - 60
Tilt of wheel head (deg):
+ or - 15
Hand wheel movement per division (mm):
0.003-0.008
Floor space required (mm):
1500 x 2000 Approx
Net weight of machine (kgs):
1160 Approx
Electric Panel:
Magnetic Contactor
Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
Over Load relay
Circuit Breaker 440 volt
Ampere Meter Digital
Volt Meter Digital
Indicator Lights
Additional Attachments:
Face mill grinding attachment, radius grinding
attachment, helical grinding attachment, internal
grinding attachment, work head indexing
attachment, extended grinding wheel spindle,
surface grinding attachment, lathe & planer tool
attachment, wet grinding & dust collector.
A personal Computer if required should be provided
with the software compatible with the unit. Tool kit
must be provided with the unit. Instructor manual,
student manual, and maintenance manuals must be
supplied with the unit.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany, UK or equivalent.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Instrumentation and
Control Laboratory of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-075
Procurement of Supply of Instrumentation and Control Laboratory
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Instrumentation and Control
Laboratory of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-
075 Electro-pneumatic Trainer (Complete
with all Accessories to Perform
Experiments)
comprehensive trainer for demonstration and exercises in
pneumatics, electro-pneumatics and PLCs,2 perforated
metal panels for quick component fixing standard
industrial pneumatic and electro-pneumatic components
various multi-way valves, pressure, shut-off and flow
control valves electric limit switch, various proximity
switches, solenoid valves, signal board PLC with
programming software integrated power supply unit to
supply the electro-pneumatics and the PLC 2x
maintenance units + distributor block for simultaneous
use of both panels hoses, cables and tools to construct the
experiments miniature compressor for compressed air
supply
2 assembly panels, LxH: 1000-1200x600-800mm each,
Compressor tank: 20-30L, intake capacity: 40-60L/min,
power output: 30-35L/min at 6-10 bar max. pressure:
8bar,motor: 0.2-0.5kW, PLC with display inputs:
8,outputs: 4 EEPROM,programming software,Size of
components: nominal width 3, Pneumatic hose:
4/2mm,Power supply unit: 24VDC, 4A,230V, 50Hz, 1
phase,230V, 60Hz, 1 phase
120V, 60Hz, 1 phase
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation of
each machine is provided. Origin of apparatus should
be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
1
02-075 Hydraulic Trainer (Complete with all
Accessories to Perform Experiments)
Training system providing an introduction to the
fundamentals of hydraulic control engineering,
BIBB concept, perforated metal panel for quick
component fixing
oil drip tray, standard industrial hydraulic
components, various multi-way valves, pressure
limiting, check, restrictor, flow control and non-
return valves, hydraulic motor, diaphragm
accumulator, weighted piston with guard, pressure
hoses with self-closing quick-couplers, drive unit
with gear pump
Assembly panel, LxH: 1300-1500x600-800mm
Drive unit with gear pump, working pressure: 80-
1
120 bar, flow rate: 3-5cm³ per revolution, power
output: 1-2 KW, speed: 1200-2000 rpm, Oil tank
capacity: 20-30L,Measuring tank: 2-5L ,
transparent, Diaphragm accumulator 1-2L, opening
pressure: 120-150bar, Pressure hoses, type 1SN DN
6, max. 210-230 bar, Emergency-off button
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation of
each machine is provided.Origin of apparatus should
be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
03-075 Electro-hydraulic Trainer System
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments)
Together with hydraulic Bench additional set for electro
hydraulic trainer are as follows, 2 relays, 4 change over
contacts each
time relay, 2 change over contacts, 0…40sec, 4 way
solenoid valves 24VDC: 2x 4/2-way valve, 2x 4/3-way
valve, 2-4 electrical limit switches, 1 make contact,
electric switching elements, 2-3 break contacts, 2-3 make
contacts
Power supply: 24VDC, Components mounted on plates,
Set of measuring leads: 3-5mm plug, red, black, Electric
switching element: 2 push buttons, 1 switch
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation of
each machine is provided.Origin of apparatus should
be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK
1
04-075 Temperature Instrumentation Bench
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments)
USB PC interface, 8 Pt100 (3-5 wire) inputs, Built
in display for selected channel or all channels auto-
scrolling, 0.008-0.15°C resolution. Self-calibration
feature. Select °C or °F
PC software included for remote control and measure,
logging and calibration
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer are
available, it will be appreciated if the quotation of each
machine is provided.Origin of apparatus should be of
Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
1
05-075 Pressure Instrumentation Bench
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments)
1.5-2.5 L process tank, mounted above a 3-4L sump
tank,0-2 bar pressure range
Two discharge ports, one with remote controlled
solenoid valve and one with manually controlled
valve, Four interchangeable orifices for use with the
discharge valves, Variable-speed submersible
centrifugal pump used to pressurize the air by water
pressure, Capable of both analogue PID control
using the pump and time-proportioning PID control
using the solenoid valve, USB interface to PC, plus
connection terminals for interfacing to external
controllers, Supplied with educational software for
PID control as well as data logging.
If the multiple models from the same
manufacturer are available, it will be
appreciated if the quotation of each machine is
provided. Origin of apparatus should be of
Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
06-075 Humidity Instrumentation Bench
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments) A self-contained unit with two electronic humidity
sensors and three analogue sensors. These include
direct reading psychrometer, hair hygrometer,
synthetic material hygrometer, capacitive sensor
hygrometer with temperature measurement, and
whirling (centrifugal) wet and dry bulb sensor. An
air duct and fan and simple air velocity meter allows
the effect of air velocity to be investigated. An
optional digital temperature wet and dry bulb sensor
is available. An optional 30-40 channel data
acquisition system and software is available for use
with the optional digital temperature wet and dry
bulb sensor and any other compatible transducers
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation
of each machine is provided.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
,Canada, Germany or UK.
07-075 Pressure Sensor Calibration System
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments) calibration unit with dead-weight piston manometer
and hand-operated spindle
electronic pressure sensor with ceramic measuring
cell, integrated amplifier and voltage output, digital
display for output signal, additional pressure sensor
as cutaway model, set of weights, transmission
medium: hydraulic oil, process schematic on front
panel
Pressure sensor measuring range: 0…4 bar, supply:
24VDC
output signal: 0…10VDC, Piston manometer with
pressure piston
diameter: 10-15mm, number of weights: 4-8,
pressure graduations: 0,5 – 1,0 – 1,5 – 2,0 – 2,5bar,
Digital display: 4 1/2 digits, Hydraulic oil: HLP ISO
32
If the multiple models from the same
manufacturer are available, it will be
appreciated if the quotation of each
machine is provided. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, Canada, Germany or
UK. 08-075 Temperature Sensor Calibration System
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments
Best temperature measurement accuracy, PRTs,
thermocouples, and thermistors with best-in-class
accuracy:
PRTs ± 0.005 °C (using external Multiplexer),
Thermocouples: ± 0.5 °C (using High-Capacity
Module), Thermistors: ± 0.002 °C, Flexible
configuration for the bench top, Multiple modes of
operation, bench top digital millimetre, 2-wire and 4-
wire resistance without the need to configure the
channel, Real-time graphing, Data portability and
security, Automated sensor calibration, With the
Automated Test feature, you can automate sensor
calibration without a PC and software. Connected to a
Calibration drywell or fluid bath via the RS-232
interface.
Frequency 40 Hz to 500 Hz, Power Consumption 36
VA peak (24 W average), Operating temperature: 0 °C
to 50 °C, Memory Scan data RAM: 75,000 readings
with timestamp Data/Setup flash memory: 20 M,
Temperature Range −200 °C to 1200 °C
(depending on the sensor), Thermistor, RTDs
Temperature Range −200 °C to 400 °C (depending
on the sensor),
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation of
each machine is provided. Origin of apparatus should
be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
09-075 Flow and Level Sensor Calibration
System (Complete with all accessories to
perform experiments) comparison and calibration of different flow meters,
water circuit with tank, pump and valve to adjust
flow rate, 2 measuring locations for vertical or
horizontal installation of the flow meters under test,
electromagnetic flow rate sensor for reference
measurement
1 differential pressure sensor and twin tube
manometers for measurement of pressure losses,
DC voltage source to supply the flow meters with
auxiliary power, flow meters available as
accessories
Tank: approx. 50-65L, Pump max. Flow rate:
approx. 200-250L/min, max. head: approx. 8-15m,
DC voltage source, voltage: 24VDC, current: 2,0A,
Accuracy of electromagnetic flow rate sensor, 0.5%
of final value, , Measuring ranges flow rate
(reference): 0…5000L/h, differential pressure
sensor: 0…4bar, twin tube manometers:
0…680mmWC, 230V, 50Hz, 1 phase, 230V, 60Hz,
1 phase
120V, 60Hz, 1 phase
UL/CSA optional
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation
of each machine is provided. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK
10-075 Process Control Plant with Industrial
Instrumentation and Service Module,
Computer controlled (Flow,
Temperature, Level and Pressure)
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments) base module for a flexible process automation
training system, large frame with aluminum rails,
frame for electrical modules, water circuit with
centrifugal pump and tank
switch cabinet with 24V power supply, practice-
oriented terminal blocks for wiring of the
instrumentation and control signals, 2x maintenance
unit and a pressure regulator for compressed air,
installation and connecting material including tools
for connecting accessory modules
Stainless steel storage tank: 60-85L, Centrifugal
pump max. Head: 15-25m, max. flow rate: 3-5m³/h.
power consumption: 300-400W, 24VDC supply for
components
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation
of each machine is provided. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
11-075 PLC TRAINING PANEL (Complete with
all accessories to perform experiments)
14DI 24 V DC/10DO 24V DC/ 2AI 0 – 10 V DC
DI/DO MODULE
5
8DI 24 V DC/ 8DO 24 V DC.
I/AO MODULE:
4AI 0 – 10 V DC /2AO 0 – 10 V DC.
POWER MODULE: 20/230 V AC, 24 V DC, 2.5
A ,The panel may include
sockets and switches ON/OFF/momentary for DI
signals,sockets for DO signals
sockets and 4 switches ON/ON/ON for AI
signals,sockets for AO signals
Sockets for internal 24 V DC power
supply,Sockets for connecting a measuring
instrument and a rotary switch to select the signal
(AI/AO signal).size 532 x 297 x 100 mm. Power
cable, Ethernet cable, User manual.
ACCESSORIES: 5 PCs (i7 quad core processors,
hard 500gb, Ram 4gb,) Switch, Safety connection
cables 4 mm,
Digital multi meter,, PROSIM 3D Panel,
programming software.
If the multiple models from the same manufacturer
are available, it will be appreciated if the quotation
of each machine is provided. Origin of apparatus
should be of Japan, Canada, Germany or UK.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of I.C Engines Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-076
Procurement of Supply of I.C Engines Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Machine Tools
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-
076 Variable Compression Ratio Petrol
Engine (Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Apparatus should be provided with variable
compression ratio to study the effects on engine
performance. The apparatus should consist of a 4-
stroke (Otto) single-cylinder gasoline with 3
cylinder loads interchangeable drives. A spark-
ignition engine test bench comprising of an Engine
(4-stroke, single-cylinder, air-cooled) supplied
with a carburetor with a variable mixing richness, a
variable-locking system, flywheel suitable for
Electronic indicating equipment and the cylinder
head threaded for the transducer, as well as two
cylinder heads of approximate compression ratios
of 5: 1, 6.5: 1 and 8: 1 or 4:1.
Directly coupled rotating disc dynamometer
capable of absorbing almost 5 kW power, starting
and controlling the engine at full speed.
Power supply network.
Reservoir with flexible panel, calibrated orifice,
passage connection with carburetor and manometer
for digital display.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy, USA,
Spain, Canada, Thailand, Germany or UK.
1
02-076 Cylinder Pressure Transducer (Spark
Plug Type)
(Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
Apparatus should be able to observe cylinder
1
pressure measurements on internal combustion
engines. The apparatus should consist of a modified
spark plug carrying the actual pressure transducer,
pressure transducer should have a measuring range
of 0-200 bar or equivalent, maximum operating
temperature 200 degree centigrade (approx.), the
pressure transducer should be directly exposed to
combustion chamber pressure when the spark plug
inserted, the core component of the pressure
transducer is a heat resistant piezo-electric quartz
crystal which outputs a charge signal proportional to
the pressure. Transducer can be connected
separately to the 4 cylinder engine. Should have all
accessories to insert into a petrol engine.
Apparatus should be compatible with a 4 cylinder
petrol engine performance test facility.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy, USA,
Spain, Canada, Thailand, Germany or UK.
03-076 Fuel Line Pressure Transducer
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments)
Specifications:
Tank and fuel line pressure sensor able to measure
absolute or relative fuel pressure in advanced fuel
management and fuel handling system. It should be
readily available to be assembled directly to fuel
lines or fuel tank. It should be resistance to main
fuels like diesel and petrol should be guaranteed by
means of approved materials. The sensitive
element may be a ceramic material capable of
detecting absolute or relative pressure, integrating
a signal conditioning IC, which is directly
assembled on the sensor. Pressure range can be
0.1-25 bar approx., temperature range up to 200oC
(approx.), electric custom connection, analogue
and digital output, automotive designated, custom
1
calibration by conditioning IC. Transducer should
be readily available to be connected separately to a
4 cylinder engine.
Apparatus should be compatible with a multi-
cylinder petrol or diesel engine (especially one
having four cylinders).
It should have all the accessories required to insert it
into an engine. A personal computer if required
along with the software compatible with the
equipment should be provided. Tool kit must be
provided. Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA,
Spain, Canada, Italy, Thailand, Germany or UK.
04-
076 Exhaust Pressure Transducer
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments)
Specifications: Exhaust pressure sensor having the ability to
measure and observe the pressure of exhaust gas
system of engine, suitable for measuring the back
pressure in exhaust gas systems to protect engine
and turbocharger against overpressures. Pressure
range should be within 0-20 bar with maximum
pressure limit up to 30 bar. Chemical resistance is
guaranteed by means of approved materials. The
sensitive element should be a ceramic element
capable of detecting relative or absolute pressure,
integrating a signal conditioning IC, which is
directly assembled on the sensor. Transducer
should be able to be connected to engine cylinder
exhaust. All the active and sensing electronic
circuits should not be in contact with the exhausted
gas. Should have all accessories to insert it into an
engine.
Apparatus should be compatible with a four
cylinder petrol/ diesel engine.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
1
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy, USA,
Spain, Canada, Thailand, Germany or UK.
05-
076 EFI Petrol Engine Model
Specifications: A demonstration model for EFI which must show
full arrangement of electronic fuel injection system
and act as an efficient fuel management system. The
model should be able to show the phenomenon of
electronic fuel injection in a petrol engine. The
engine‘s electronic fuel injection system must
manage three things: how much air an engine has,
how much fuel is needed to mix with the air
(dependent on conditions), and what the proper
timing for the ignition of the mixture will be. The
EFI Test Bed is required to develop an
understanding in the operation, servicing, tune up,
diagnosis, fault finding and troubleshooting of these
engines.
Tool kit must be provided with the apparatus.
Instructor manual, student manual, and maintenance
manuals must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Italy,
Canada, Germany, UK or Equivalent.
1
06-076 Lambda Checker (A/F Analyzer)
(Complete with all Accessories To
Perform Experiments) Specifications: The Lambda Analyzer is required to find out the
air to fuel ratio (𝞴) efficiently with the help of a
sensor. The sensor consists of a spark plug-sized
electrochemical cell which is placed directly in the
engine's exhaust. The cell responds to O2, CO, H2,
and UHCs in the exhaust to determine AFR,
Lambda, Equivalence Ratio, and %O2 for fuels of
any composition (i.e. H:C, O:C, and N:C ratios,
including H2). The sensor measures the air to fuel
ratio in a range of 5-350.
Sensor having varying electrical connections and up
to 4 wires, should be able to react to oxygen content
in exhaust system and produce a small voltage
depending on air/fuel seen at the time. The
apparatus should be able to control exhaust
emissions on a catalytic equipped vehicle. It should
be compatible with the apparatus of a four cylinder
petrol/ diesel engine performance unit.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
1
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the unit.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy,
USA, Spain, Canada, Germany, UK or
Equivalent.
07-076 Diesel Smoke Meter
(Complete with all Accessories To
Perform Experiments) Specifications: Diesel smoke meter capable of measuring smoke
capacity of diesel vehicle exhaust in % opacity and
K-value with measurement of rpm and engine oil
temperature. It should be able to measure the
Opacity within a range of 0-99.9% (0.10%
resolution approximately), k-value ranging 0-9.99
m-1
(0.01% m-1
resolution approximately), response
time physical <0.5 seconds, operates on a power
supply of up to 15V DC, 220V AC. It must be
accompanied with smoke sampling hose, smoke
sampling probe, oil temperature probe, battery
capable of DC operation and engine rpm
measurement. The accessories which must be
provided if available are smoke sampling probe,
vertical exhaust extension pipe, smoke test software
and interface cable. The apparatus should be able to
demonstrate smoke opacity of a diesel vehicle. It
should be compatible with a diesel engine
performance test facility.
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the unit.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy,
USA, Spain, Canada, Germany, UK or
Equivalent.
1
08-076 CUTAWAY MODEL OF A 16 VALVE 4
CYLINDERS ENGINE WITH MULTI-POINT
ELECTRONIC INJECTION AND A
GEARBOX
(Complete with all Accessories To
Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
The cutaway model should have a carefully
sectioned engine body for training purposes,
professionally painted with different colors to
1
better differentiate the various parts, cross-sections,
lubricating circuits, fuel system, cooling system
etc.
Model specifications include 4 in line cylinders,
volume displacement of about 2000 cubic cm, twin
overhead camshaft, multipoint electronic injection
with ignition integrated control unit, vibration
damping balancing shafts, gear box with 5 forward
speeds and a reverse gear, each cylinder contains
four valves, a membrane clutch and a water
cooling facility must be provided.
The engine must operate electrically at 220 volts
and it must run at a reduced speed to let the student
easily understand and observe the operation of the
various mechanical parts. If possible parts should
be chromium and galvanized for an enhanced
lifetime.
Accessories:
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy, USA,
Canada, Germany or UK.
09-076 CUTAWAY MODEL OF A CAR CHASSIS
WITH DOUBLE SHAFT (DOHC) AND A
PETROL ENGINE CARBURETTOR
(Complete with all Accessories To
Perform Experiments)
Specifications:
The cutaway model should have a carefully
sectioned engine body for training purposes,
professionally painted with different colors to
better differentiate the various parts, cross-sections,
lubricating circuits, fuel system, cooling system
etc.
Model Specifications are 4-stroke 4 in-line
cylinders Volume Displacement: 2000cm3
Gearbox: 4/5 forward speeds + reverse, Hypoid
differential, camshaft in the crankcase, Vertical
twin carburetor, Water cooling, Spring single plate
clutch, McPherson front suspension, Front disc
1
brakes and rear drum brakes, Rack steering box,
Drive shaft with mechanical and flexible joint and
a rear leaf spring suspension
The engine must operate electrically at 220 volts
and it must run at a reduced speed to let the student
easily understand and observe the operation of the
various mechanical parts. If possible parts should
be chromium and galvanized for an enhanced
lifetime.
Accessories:
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Italy,
USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Aero Dynamics/ Gas
Dynamics Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-077
Procurement of Supply of Aero Dynamics/ Gas Dynamics Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Aero Dynamics/ Gas Dynamics
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-
077 Small Laboratory Wind Tunnel (must be
Computer Controlled) (Complete with all
Tooling and Accessories to Perform
Experiments)
A computer-controlled subsonic benchtop wind
tunnel with visible working section.
b) Special features:
Small computer controlled wind tunnel
Clear acrylic working section (150mm x 150mm x
455mm) for excellent visibility
c) A honeycomb flow straightener is incorporated at
the inlet, and a 9.4:1 contraction ratio
Inverter-controlled AC fan for accurate speed
control 30 m/s to 34 m/s air velocity
Multi-way or single-way quick-release connectors
between models and manometers
Models mounted in side wall of working section
incorporate quick-release catches
Complete with data logging and educational
software
Electronic watchdog allows for remote operation
Removable base to working section to allow the
insertion of large or complex models
Flow visualization facility should be provided
Accessories and instrumentation:
- Inclined Manometer Bank
- Electronic Manometer Bank
- Lift and Drag Balance
d) - Pitot Static Tube
-Wake Survey Rake
e) Optional Models:
- Lift and Drag Aerofoil
- Pressure Wing
- Drag Models
- Pressure Cylinder
f) - Bernoulli Apparatus
g) - Boundary Layer Plate
h) - Pressure Cylinder
i) - Project Kit
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
1
provided. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany or UK.
02-077 Centrifugal Fan Demonstration Unit
(Complete with all Accessories to
Perform Experiments) A small-scale centrifugal fan demonstration unit,
comprising of an inlet duct, the fan, an outlet duct
and an adjustable aperture, all mounted on a
stainless steel base
Equipped with electronic measurement sensors for
fan head pressure, flow rate (via orifice plate) and
air temperature, Transparent cover plate on fan
volute for visibility, Supplied with both backward
and forward blades impeller,
Capable of being linked to a PC via a USB
interface console, Supplied with software
providing full instructions for setting up, operating,
calibrating and performing the teaching exercises.
Facilities for logging, processing and displaying
data graphically
- Maximum Head (0.6 kPa-0.8 kPa)
- Maximum Flow (200m3/h-300m
3/h)
- Nominal Motor Power (400W-600W)
- Rotation al Speed (2500rpm-3500rpm)
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should
be provided. Tool kit must be provided with the
apparatus. Instructor manual, student manual,
and maintenance manuals must be supplied with
the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
Canada, Germany or UK.
1
03-077 Axial Fan Demonstration Unit (Complete
with all Accessories to Perform
Experiments)
A small-scale axial fan demonstration unit,
comprising of an inlet duct, the fan, an
outlet duct and an adjustable aperture, all mounted
on a stainless steel base, Equipped with electronic
measurement sensors for fan head pressure, flow
rate (via
orifice plate), fan speed and air temperature,
Transparent ducts give visibility of the fan in
operation, Capable of being linked to a PC via a
USB interface console,
Supplied with software providing full instructions
for setting up, operating, calibrating and performing
the teaching exercises. Facilities for logging,
processing and displaying data graphically
Maximum Head (0.05kPa-0.07kPa)
Maximum Flow (130m3/h-200m
3/h)
Nominal Motor Power (5W-10W)
Rotational Speed (2500rpm-3000rpm)
A personal computer if required along with the
software compatible with the equipment should be
provided. Tool kit must be provided. Instructor
manual, student manual, and maintenance manuals
must be supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany or UK.
1
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Power Plant Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering
Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-078
Procurement of Supply of Power Plant Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Power Plant Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No.
DESCRIPTION / MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS QTY RATE AMOUNT
01-
078 Diesel Thermal Power Station computer
Controlled (Lab Scale unit with all
accessories to perform experiments)
Diesel engine should be of 4 stroke or 2 stroke, must
have a rating of 15-25 kW, should be controlled by
automatic controller, Automatic Speed Controller
and Automatic Voltage Regulator, torque of 1500-
3000 rpm or above, oil sump capacity of 2-5 Liters,
Dry weight of 80-100 kg. Generator should have
synchronous speed of 1500 rpm, nominal frequency
of 50 Hz, Apparent power of 8 KVA, Voltage=
200-400V, Current = 10-12 amp, Power factor of
0.6-0.9.
A personal Computer should be provided with the
software compatible with the unit. Tool kit must be
provided with the unit. Instructor manual, student
manual, and maintenance manuals must be supplied
with the unit. Accessories complete in all respects.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, USA, Spain,
Canada, Germany, Italy, Thailand or UK.
components of diesel thermal power station must
include;
Diesel Engine: Diesel engine of compression ratio 10 to 20 directly
coupled to the generator should be provided.
Radiator, Dry battery and mobile bench should also
be provided.
Fuel Supply System: It should have one storage tank, fuel transfer pump.
It should also include strainer to remove solid
impurities from oil during transferring of oil from
main tank to small day tank. It should be of 20-40
litters‘ capacity.
Air Intake System: It supplies necessary air to engine for fuel
combustion. It should consist of a pipe to supply
fresh air to the engine. Filters should be provided to
remove the dust particles from the air. Air filter may
be of dry type made up of wool or cloth.
Exhaust System: Silencer (Muffler) is the main requirement of this
system to reduce noise.
Engine Cooling System:
It should be radiator cooled. Radiator could be water
1
or oil based.
Engine Lubricating System: It should have oil sump, oil pump and cooler.
Cooler is for reducing temperature of cooling oil. It
should be of 2-5 litters‘ capacity.
Control Module: Module should have speed and voltage controller. It
should also have alarm and operating conditions i.e.
over and under load, over and under frequency, over
current and reverse power protection. Maintenance
operation panel and backup protection panel.
Instrumentation Module: It should have Field DC analyzer for current voltage
and power measurements.
Grid power analyzer three-phase output voltage,
line currents, power factors, active powers,
reactive powers, apparent powers, frequency,
harmonics, measurements.
Data acquisition & measurement software with
compatible laptop.
02-078 Fossil Fuel Thermal Power Station (Lab
Scale unit complete with all accessories to
perform experiments) Fossil fuel thermal power station have machinery to
convert the heat energy of combustion into
mechanical energy .It must have following
components;
Boiler, Steam Turbine, Combustion Chamber to
burn coal, oil or natural gas (fossil fuel). The
apparatus must be able to perform necessary
laboratory calculations.
A personal Computer if required should be
provided with the software compatible with the
unit. Tool kit must be provided with the unit.
Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
unit. Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
USA, Spain, Canada, Germany, Italy, Thailand
or UK.
1
03-078 Combined Cycle Thermal Power Station
(Lab Scale unit complete with all
accessories to perform experiments)
It must be consisted of following compressor,
combustion chamber, gas turbine, steam generator
(boiler), steam turbine, condenser, generator and
pump etc. The apparatus must be able to perform
necessary laboratory calculations.
A personal Computer if required should be
provided with the software compatible with the
unit. Tool kit must be provided with the unit.
Instructor manual, student manual, and
maintenance manuals must be supplied with the
unit. Origin of apparatus should be of Japan,
USA, Spain, Canada, Italy, Thailand, Germany
or UK.
1
04-078 Hydroelectric Power Station (Lab Scale
unit complete with all accessories to
perform experiments)
The model should be Bench mounted with firm
foundations capable of withstanding vibration
produced during operation. It may be provided with
the base to be fixed in the floor using nuts and bolts
or masonry work. The model should be capable of
extension using output mechanical power at shaft to
be used for electric power of at least 200 W using
Generator. The model should help to investigate the
characteristic behavior of a simple-regulated Kaplan
turbine during operation. The trainer should be
provided with a closed water circuit with tank,
submersible pump and throttle valve for adjusting
the flow rate. The angle of attack of the rotor, and
thus the power output of the turbine, should be
changed by adjusting the guide vanes. The turbine
should load with a wear-free eddy current brake.
The speed must be captured by means of an
inductive, non-contact position sensor at the turbine
shaft. For determining the turbine power, the eddy
current brake should be equipped with a force
sensor for torque measurement. The pressures at the
inlet and outlet of the turbine, the temperature and
the flow rate must be recorded with sensors. The
recorded and measured values of pressure
temperature, flow rate, speed and torque should be
displayed digitally and processed further in a PC.
The PC capable of calculating the power output data
1
of the examined turbine and of representing them in
characteristic curves.
Technical Data
Submersible pump with motor
1. Range for the flow rate: 180 to 250m3/h
2. Pump head 8 to 12m
3. Nominal power: 2.5 to 3.5kW
Tank: approx. 350 to 500L
a) Rotor, 4 blades, fixed
external Ø: 120 to 180mm,
internal Ø: 60 to 80mm,
pitch: 70 to 80mm
Kaplan turbine
Output Range of Power 600-1200W
i. Speed Range : 2400-3700 Rev/min
ii. distributor
8 guide vanes, adjustable: -15° to 45°
external Ø: 120 to 180mm,
internal Ø: 60 to 80mm
Measuring ranges
b) Temperature: 20 to 80°C
c) Pressure (at turbine inlet): 0.2 to
1bar rel.
d) Pressure (at turbine outlet): -
1…0,6bar rel.
e) Flow rate: 10 to 300m3/h
f) Torque: 1 to 15 Nm
Approximately
g) Speed: 0 to 7000Rev/min
Electricity Requirements.
400V, 50Hz, 3 phases
Electric Safety Panel:
9. Magnetic Contactor
10. Phase Filer Really (Phase Break,
Overvoltage, Under voltage, Phase
Sequence)
11. Over Load relay
12. Circuit Breaker 440 volt
13. Ampere Meter Digital
14. Volt Meter Digital
15. Indicator Lights
The model must be provided with a computer with
Software for data acquisition installed in it. Model
should be connected via USB with operating
systems Windows 7, 8.1, 10 or above. Tool kit must
be provided with the apparatus. Instructor manual,
student manual, and maintenance manuals must be
supplied with the apparatus.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Italy, Thailand, Germany or UK.
05-078 Steam Power Station (Lab Scale unit
complete with all accessories to perform
experiments) A laboratory scale steam power plant with output
power of (1.5 – 3) kW is with following measuring
capabilities:
• Steam power plant and all its components.
• Starting steps, operation and running down
the steam power plant.
• The determination of temperature and
pressure of all parts of plant, boiler efficiency,
mechanical and thermal efficiency of the turbine,
condenser efficiency and the thermal cycles of the
steam power plant.
The specifications of the main components of the
plant are as follow:
1. Steam generator
Steam production (150 – 250) kg/hr
Fuel consumption (10 – 12) L/hr
Nominal pressure (10 – 12) bar
Fuel system: Oil
Safety devices and emergency stop/shut off valves.
2. Super heater
Output: 6-7 kW
3. Steam turbine
Single stage
Output power (1.5 – 3) kW
Speed 3000 rpm
4. Software.
Software for data acquisition via USB under
Windows 7 or up to date.
5. Generator
DC generator as a turbine load.
6. Feed water system
1
7. Water supply unit
8. Recovery and condensation unit
Cooling capacity (80 – 100) kW
9. Water treatment unit compatible with the unit
10. Control system
Monitoring and control of the system using
integrated PLC
11. A rigid (steel) frame which holds all the plants
items.
• Manuals of operation, maintenance and
faults.
• Computerize steam power plant, with all
necessary equipment.
• Spare parts for two years.
• Training for three weeks for three persons.
• Installation and commissioning for one
year.
A personal Computer should be provided with the
software compatible with the unit. Tool kit must be
provided with the unit. Instructor manual, student
manual, and maintenance manuals must be supplied
with the unit.
Origin: UK, Japan, Canada, Germany
06-078 Photovoltaic Power Station
SPV modules Capacity of photovoltaic solar module = 3KWp -
5KWp
Module capacity less than minimum watts should
not supply = 200W
SPV module conversion efficiency should be equal
to greater than (at STP) = 14- 20 % (higher value is
preferable)
SPV module should perform satisfactorily under
100% humidity with temperature range between = –
40 0C to 85
0C. Since the modules would be used in
a high voltage circuit, the high voltage insulation
test should be carried out on each module. Raw
materials and technology employed in the module
production processes should be certified. The
module frame should be made of a corrosion-
resistant material which should be electrolytically
compatible with the structural material used for
mounting the modules. The module should be
provided with a junction box with either provision
of external screw terminal connection or sealed type
and with arrangement for provision of by-pass
diode. The box should be hinged, weather proof lid
with captive screws and cable gland entry points.
SPV module mounting structure
1
Suitable number of PV panel structures should be
provided. Structures should be of flat-plate design
either I or L sections. Structural material should be
corrosion resistant and electrolytically compatible
with the materials used in the module frame, its
fasteners, and nuts and bolts. Galvanizing should
meet standards.
Structures should be supplied complete with all
members to be compatible for allowing easy
installation at the rooftop site.
The structures should be designed to allow easy
replacement of any module & can be either
designed to transfer point loads on the roof top or
UDL as per site conditions. Each structure should
have a provision to adjust its angle of inclination to
the horizontal as per the site conditions or installed
the tracker system if required. The structure should
be capable of withstanding a wind load of 200
km/hr after grouting & installation.
The front end of the solar array should be above the
ground = 2 ft (approx)
If prior civil work or support platform is absolutely
essential to install the structures, the supplier should
clearly and unambiguously communicate such
requirements along with their specifications in the
bid. Detailed engineering drawings and instructions
for such prior civil work should be carried out prior
to the supply of Goods.
The supplier should specify installation details of
the PV modules and the support structures with
appropriate diagrams and drawings. Such details
should include, but not limited to, the following:
b) Determination of true direction of maximum
absorption of radiations at the site.
c) Array tilt angle to the horizontal, with
permitted tolerance
d) Details with drawings for fixing the modules
e) Details with drawings of fixing the
junction/terminal boxes
f) Interconnection details inside the
junction/terminal boxes
g) Structure installation details and drawings
h) Electrical grounding (earthing)
i) Inter-panel/Inter-row distances with allowed
tolerances
j) The array structure shall support SPV
modules at a given orientation and absorb
and transfer the mechanical loads to the
rooftop columns properly. All nuts and bolts
shall be of very good quality stainless steel.
Safety precautions should be taken into
account as well.
Power Conditioning Unit (PCUs):
The PCUs required should be of 3-5 KVA Hybrid
with provision for battery back-up, should convert
DC power produced by SPV modules in to AC
power and adjust the voltage & frequency levels to
suit the local grid conditions. PCU should be housed
in suitable switch cabinet. The 3-5 KVA Hybrid
PCU with battery back- up should feed power to the
lighting / dedicated loads.
Technical Specification are mentioned below:
Control Type = Voltage source,
microprocessor assisted, output
regulation
Output voltage and tolerance = 1 phase,
230 V ac (+12.5 %, - 20 % V ac)
Frequency and its tolerance = 50 Hz (+3
Hz, -3 Hz)
Continuous rating = 3-5 KVA Hybrid
inverter
Nominal Power = 3-5 KVA
Total Harmonic Distortion = less than
3%
Operating temperature Range = 0 to 60 0C
PCU efficiency = 80-95 % and above at
full load
Other important Protections required in the PCU
should be in accordance with some given below
Mains (Grid) over-under voltage and
frequency protection
Fool proof protection against Islanding.
Included authentic tracking of the solar
arrays maximum power operation voltage
(MPPT).
Array ground fault detection.
PCU Power factor = 0.95
LCD and piezoelectric keypad operator
interface Menu driven
Automatic fault conditions reset for all
parameters like voltage, frequency and/or
black out.
PCU should be rated to operate at 0 -60 0C
unless provision for air conditioning is
included in PCU.
All parameters should be accessible through an
industrial standard communication link. Over load
capacity should be 150% of continuous rating.
The PCU should be self-commuted and should
utilize a circuit topology and components suitable
for meeting the specifications listed above at high
conversion efficiency and with high reliability.
The PCU should be Hybrid one and should give the
preference to feed the Loads from Solar Energy
being produced and should draw the additional
power from mains to meet the load requirements in
the case load is more than solar energy being
produced.
Conversely it should feed the solar power to the
Grid if the load is less than the solar energy
generated. It should also draw the Power from
Mains for charging of Battery Bank in case of Low
Battery conditions. The PCU should also have the
ability for automatic starting, transfer and no-break
transfer to an optional generator for extended grid
failure periods.
Since the PCU is to be used in solar photo voltaic
energy system, it should have high operational
efficiency. The idling current at no load must not
exceed 2 % of the full-load current.
In PCU there should be a direct current isolation
provided at the output by means of a suitable
isolating transformer.
The PCU generated harmonics measures at the point
of connection to the utility services when operating
at the rated power should not exceed a total
harmonic current distortion of 4 %.All conductors
shall be made of standard copper.
The PCU should not produce Electromagnetic
interference (EMI) which may cause malfunctioning
of electronic and electrical instruments including
communication equipment, which is located within
the facility in which the PCU is housed.
The PCU should have an appropriate display on the
front panel to display the instantaneous AC power
output and the DC voltage, current and power input.
Operational status of the PCU, alarms, trouble
indicators and AC and DC disconnect switch
positions should be communicated by appropriate
messages or indicator lights on the front of the PCU
enclosure.
Electrical safety, earthing and protection
in PCUs
Over Voltage Protection: Over Voltage Protection against atmospheric
lightning discharge to the PV array is required.
Protection is to be provided against voltage
fluctuations and internal faults in the power
conditioner, operational errors and switching
transients.
Earth fault supervision: An integrated earth fault device shall have to be
provided to detect eventual earth fault on DC side
and shall send message to the supervisory system.
Cabling practice:
Cable connections must be made using PVC Cu
cables, as per BIS standards. All cable connections
must be made using suitable terminations for
effective contact. Fast acting semiconductor type
current limiting fuses at the main bus bar to protect
from the grid short circuit contribution. The PCU
shall include an easily accessible emergency OFF
button located at an appropriate position on the unit.
Lightning Protection, earthing protection & other
protection should be consider while during
installation and working of the Power station
Plant Metering/Data Logging
On PV array energy production there should
be digital meters to log the actual value of
AC/DC Voltage, Current & Energy
generated by the PV system should be
provided.
Solar Irradiance an integrating pyranometer
(Class II or better) should be provided with
the sensor mounted in the plane of the array.
Readout should be integrated with data
logging system.
An integrated wind speed measurement unit
should also be provided.
Temperature Sensor: Integrated temp,
sensors for measuring the module surface
temp., inverter inside enclosure temp, and
ambient temp to be provided complete with
readouts integrated with the data logging
system
Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT)
Maximum power point tracker should be
integrated in the PCU to maximize energy
drawn from the array.
The MPPT should be microprocessor based
to minimize power losses. The details of
working mechanism of MPPT should be
mentioned. The MPPT must also have
provision (manual setting) for constant
voltage operation.
Array Junction Boxes / Main
Junction Boxes
The junction boxes should to be provided in
the PV yard for termination of connecting
cables. The J. Boxes Should be made of
FRP/Powder Coated Aluminum with full
dust, water & vermin proof arrangement. All
wires/cables must be terminated through
cable lugs. The J.Boxes Should be such that
input & output termination could be made
through suitable cable glands. Made of FRP
or cast aluminum/ copper.
Copper bus bars/terminal blocks housed in
the junction box with suitable termination
threads Conforming to IP65 standards and
IEC 62208 Hinged door with EPDM rubber
gasket to prevent water entry, Single
compression cable glands, Provision of
earthing Suitable capacity MOVs Should be
provided within the box to protect against
lighting.
Plant Control, Data Logging
system with remote monitoring Basically, this unit should perform the following
tasks.
Measurement and/or recording of
energy parameters.
Simple data logger or energy meter
to record the energy data on a pre-
determined interval basis.
Measurement & continuous
acquisition of ambient air
temperature, wind speed, solar
radiation, PV module temperature,
PCU output voltage and current,
output frequency
Operating state monitoring and
failure indication.
Representation of monitored data in
graphics mode or in tabulation mode.
Controlling & monitoring the entire
power system through remote
terminal.
Necessary hardwares & softwares
should be supplied by the contractor.
Both the softwares and hardwares
required for interfacing the plant
with office including CPUs, modems
UPS Should be supplied and
installed by the contractor. A
personal computer if required along
with the software compatible with
the equipment should be provided.
In remote control/ Instrumentation,
the microprocessor control unit
should have the provision for
installation of RS–232/485
communication link.
DC Distribution units
DC Distribution panel to receive the DC
output from the array field with analog
measurement meter for voltage, current and
power from different MJBs so as to check
any failure in the array field.
DC DPBs should have sheet from enclosure
of dust & vermin proof.
The bus bars has to make of copper of
desired size. Suitable capacity MCBs Should
be provided for controlling the DC power
output to the PCU along with necessary
surge arrestors.
AC Distribution units
AC Distribution Panel Board (DPB)
should control the AC power from
PCU, and should have necessary surge
arrestors.
Requirement/specifications of DCDB
and ACDB may be changed as per site
conditions. An ACDB to be provided
at the cable terminating point
emanating from 3-5 KVA PCU for
interconnection control of dedicated
electrical loads.
All switches at the, circuit
breakers, connectors should confirm
to IEC
60947, part I, II and III.
Battery Bank The battery bank is to be designed to provide the
backup power for feeding the dedicated loads in the
event of failure of grid supply. Specifications of
battery bank are given below
Storage Capacity = 80-100 V, 700- 900 Ah
@ C/10
Type = Tubular Gel batteries from reputed
manufacturers.
The battery cells should have high ampere hour
efficiency so as to quickly pick up the charge of the
order 95%. High watt hour efficiency of at least
85%.
The batteries should be solar photo voltaic
batteries of Tubular Gel type, low
maintenance, lead Acid and made of hard
rubber container.
Storage batteries should conform IEC 61427
/ IS 1651 / IS 133369 as per specifications.
The batteries should use 2 / 12V cells and
battery capacity is to be designed at C10 rate
with end cell cut off voltage of 1.85 V / cell.
Battery terminal should be provided with
covers.
Batteries should be provided with micro
porous vent plugs with floats.
Charging instructions should be provided
along with the batteries.
Suitable carrying handle should be provided.
A suitable battery rack with interconnections & end
connector should be provided to suitably house the
batteries in the bank. The features and dimensions
of the battery rack should be provided along with
the bid document.
a) The batteries should be suitable for
recharging by means of solar modules via
incremental / open circuit regulators.
Bidder should mention the design cycle life of
batteries at 80%, 40% and 20% depth of discharge
at 27 deg. C.
b) The batteries should be designed for
operating in ambient temperature of site in
the state of Assam.
The self-discharge of batteries should be less than 3
% per month at 20 deg. C and less than 6% per
month at 30 deg. C.
The charge efficiency should be more than 90% up
to 70% state of charge. The topping up frequency
should be 12 – 18 months. The batteries should
consist of individual cells, which could be carried
separately with ease while transporting.
· Offered batteries should comply to the
following:
10 % of DOD = 7200 cycles
50 % of DOD = 3000 cycles
80 % of DOD = 1200 cycles
The Battery Bank shall be designed to
provide 2 days (―2 No Sun‖ days)
autonomy.
Bidder should to provide battery sizing details along
with their offer. The distance between two batteries
may be kept 6 inches & vice versa.
Accessories There are some accessories mentioned below for
safety and proper working of the power station:
Cables requirement , Fire extinguisher in
accordance with BIS codes for electrical
short circuit fires along with sand buckets
Lightning arrester complete set.
Earthing complete set
Spares, Tool kit must be provided with the
unit. And tackles for operation and
maintenance
Fuses, Transfer Switches, Printed Circuit
Boards required for Power Plant
Providing training to engineers and site staff for
Operation and Maintenance Operation of the SPV
Power Plant for a period of 1 month from date of
commissioning of the plant. Engineering, electrical
drawings and installations and Operation, student
&Maintenance manuals must also provide by
supplier.
In addition to these parts, other necessary parts
should also be provided.
Origin of apparatus should be of Japan, Canada,
Germany or UK.
07-078 Heliothermic Solar Power Station
(Complete with all accessories to perform
experiments) A heliothermic solar thermal power plant, able to
convert solar energy into usable thermal energy.
This solar power plant should have tower to
receive the focused sunlight. It should use an array
of flat, movable mirrors (called heliostats), to focus
the sun's rays upon a collector tower (the
target). The heliostats must have the feature of
solar tracking. The receiver should be a thermal
receiver (CSP) which should be sitting on top of a
tall tower in which concentrated sunlight heats a
fluid preferably molten salt, as hot as 250 - 590 oC.
Ultimately this thermal receiver should able to
produce heat in form of a heated medium i.e. fluid
(preferably molten salt), steam or air (optional).
The hot fluid should be used immediately to make
steam for electricity generation or stored for later
use. The heat should be used to run a turbine to
produce electricity. It should be accompanied with
the possibility to store the heat in a thermal storage
and to use the heat at a later time independently
from the sunshine. Fluid preferably molten salt
retains heat efficiently, so it can be stored for days
before being converted into electricity.
The essential components include heliostats having
the feature of solar tracking, a receiver on a tower,
steam line, thermal storage tank and an electricity
generation unit. All these should be housed in a
small size demonstration unit which should be
capable of producing some power in the range of a
500W – 5000W.
A comprehensive instruction manual describing
how to carry out the laboratory teaching exercises
and their analysis as well as assembly, installation
and commissioning is included. This unit should
have all essential Cables and Accessories, for
normal operation. This unit should be supplied
1
with Required Services, Assembly and Installation,
Interface and Control Software (where needed),
Starting-up, Safety, Maintenance, Calibration &
Practices Manuals. Apparatus should be from Italy,
France, Australia, UK, Germany, Japan, Spain,
Canada and USA origin.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Advanced Material
Testing Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-079
Procurement of Supply of Advanced Material Testing Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Advanced Material Testing
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No. Name and Specifications Qty
01-
079
100 KN Universal Testing Machine
Kindly consider the following:
1. Universal testing machine floor type unit for materials testing.
2. The machine must be able to perform tensile test, compression test and
bend/flexure test. All the accessories to perform the tests must be provided.
3. It must be an electromechanical system.
4. The machine must be capable of conducting the test with test force of 100 KN.
5. The accuracy of the test force at 100 KN must be mentioned. It should be 1% or
better.
6. The accuracy of the test force at 1 KN must be mentioned. It should be 1% or
better.
7. The accuracy of the extension/strain measurement must be provided.
8. The range of vertical speed during test must be provided.
9. The maximum effective vertical test space must be mentioned. This can be
reported as the maximum distance between the lower part of upper jig and the
upper part of lower jig for tensile test.
10. The minimum vertical test space must be mentioned. This can be reported as the
smallest ―distance between the shoulders‖ of the sheet type tensile sample of 1 mm
thickness, which can be tested. The figure 1 below is for reference. This can also be
reported as the minimum distance between the grips of the jigs for testing a sheet
type tensile sample of 1 mm thickness.
11. Grips for plate, sheet, square, cylindrical samples of various sizes must be
included.
12. The testing system must have full cyclic loading capacity in tensile, compression
and bend test modes. This includes:
Same load for multiple cycles.
Incremental load with the successive cycles. e.g. 1 KN max load for first cycle, 2 KN
for second cycle and so on. Figure 2 provides the schematic for this test.
Increment in the extension with the successive cycles. e.g. 1 mm extension for first
cycle, 2 mm for second cycle and so on. Figure 3 provides the schematic for this
test.
13. It should be mentionedif the machine has tension-compression low cycle fatigue
capacity or not. If yes, then give the specifications.
14. Standard test samples must be provided.
15. Complete operation of the machine and tests must be software compatible and can
be performed from the software. The data acquisition rate of the software must be
mentioned.
16. The software must have the capacity to export the data in popular formats e.g. csv,
Excel.
17. A complete copy of the software must be provided on DVD.
18. A complete manual for the software in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or
01
DVD must be provided.
19. The training of the personnel for machine operation and software must be
conducted by the company.
20. Full warranty of the machine must be at least 1 year. The machine with longer
warranty period will be preferred.
21. The details of the nearest service center for the machine must be provided.
22. A complete set of tool kit and accessories for different modes of testing must be
provided.
23. Accessories for different modes of testing should be easily
changeable/exchangeable.
24. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the machine,
both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be provided.
25. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer. All test
modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel after installation.
26. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, or Germany.
27. Any other specifications of the machine and software necessary should be
provided.
28. A reference list with number of the universal testing machines installed by the
manufacturer in Pakistan must be provided.
29. The manufacturer with the CE compliance certificate will be preferred.
30. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the requirements, it
will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
31. In case of multiple software/versions from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
32. The equipment given in serial number 1 will be preferred if it has expandable
capability for add-ons given in serial numbers 2-8 below. The expandable options
quoted must be manufactured by the same company providing the main
equipment as per serial number 1.
Expandable add-ons
Please consider the following for the add-ons.
1. All add-ons must be fully compatible with the main equipment and software given
in serial number 1.
2. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals, both in Hard copy
form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be provided for any or all of the add-ons
purchased.
3. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the requirements, it
will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
4. Detailed specifications of the add-ons must be provided
Figure 1. Tensile sample terminology
Figure 2 Schematic for cyclic loading. Figure is not to scale.
Figure 3 Schematic for cyclic loading. Figure is not to scale.
02-
079
A non-contact video extensometer add-on with all accessories. It must be compatible for
the cyclic testing. It must be installed by the manufacturer. 01
03-
079 The peel test add-on with all accessories. 01
04-
079 The wire test add-on with all accessories. 01
05-
079 The sheer test add-on with all accessories. 01
06-
079 The torsion test add-on with all accessories. 01
07- The fatigue test add-on with all accessories. 01
079
08-
079 Load cell add-on with the test force exceeding 100 KN and all accessories. 01
09-
079
Piezoelctric Measurement System
1. A complete piezoelectric measurement system for bulk ceramics.
2. This system must have the capacity for strain measurement.
3. This system must have the capacity for Ferroelctric measurement.
5. The system must have the capacity to measure the piezoelectric and
ferroelctricmeasurements upto 10 KV.
4. The displacement sensor should have a resolution of 0.1 micrometer or
better.
5. The ferroelctric measurements should have a resolution of 1 fC or better.
6. High voltage system upto 10 KV must be included. All
cables/interfaces/fixtures should be provided. This system must have good
safety features.
7. Poling system must be included.
8. Poling system should have the capacity to pole upto 10 KV.
9. Poling system should include silicone oil. Extra oil amounting equal or
more than the capacity of oil bath should be provided.
10. The operation of piezoelectric measurement system and tests should,
preferably, be software compatible and can be performed from the
software.
11. The software must have the capacity to export the data in popular formats
e.g. csv, Excel.
12. A complete copy of the software must be provided on DVD.
13. A complete manual for the software in hard copy form and soft copy on
CD or DVD must be provided.
14. The training of the personnel for piezoelectric measurement system
operation and software must be conducted by the company.
15. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
16. Complete installation of the machine should be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
17. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
18. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
01
10-
079
D33 meter for piezoelectric measurement
1. A d33 meter for piezoelectric measurement.
2. The range of measurement should be 1-1000 pC/N or wider.
3. The accuracy should be 5% or better.
4. All the accessories including cables and fixtures, necessary to perform the
tests must be supplied.
01
5. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
6. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
11-
079
Impedance Analyzer
1. An impedance analyzer for materials.
2. It should have a frequency range of 1-1000 kHz or better.
3. It should have frequency accuracy of 1% or better.
4. It should have the impedance range of about 50 milli-ohm to 25 mega-
ohm.
5. All the accessories including cables, probes, fixtures, required to perform
the test, must be provided.
6. The system must have the capacity to export the data in popular formats
e.g. csv, Excel.
7. A complete copy of the software must be provided on DVD.
8. A complete manual for the software in hard copy form and soft copy on
CD or DVD must be provided.
9. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
10. Complete installation of the machine should be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
11. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
12. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
13. If the machine has the capacity for high temperature measurements, it will
be appreciated if it is quoted separately.
01
12-
079
Metallurgical microscope
Kindly consider the following:
1. A metallurgical microscope with 50x-1000x magnification for microstructure
evaluation.
2. At least 5 objective lenses should be available for viewing.
3. It should have the capacity for polarized light.
4. A scale bar should be provided with the equipment.
5. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the machine,
both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be provided.
6. Origin of machine must be of Japan, Korea, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
7. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the requirements, it
will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
8. The microscope will be preferred if it has expandable capability for add-ons given
below. The expandable options quoted must be manufactured by the same
company providing the main equipment.
Add-ons for metallurgical microscope
01
1. A camera with a resolution of 3 mega pixels or better. In case of multiple cameras
from the same manufacturer meet the requirements, it will be appreciated if
quotation for each model is provided.
2. Camera must have full software compatibility.
3. A software compatible with the camera, flexible and easy to use. In case of
multiple software from the same manufacturer meet the requirements, it will be
appreciated if quotation for each is provided.
4. All add-ons must be fully compatible with the main equipment and software.
5. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals, both in Hard copy
form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be provided for any or all of the add-ons
purchased.
13-
079
Air conditioner
1. An air conditioner for cooling the lab.
2. It should be DC inverter AC with 1.5 ton capacity.
3. The compressor must be manufactured in Germany, Japan, Korea or USA.
4. Reputable international brands i.e. Samsung, LG, Toshiba, Daikin should be
supplied.
5. It should be fitted with PPR pipes.
6. Complete installation of the ACs should be done by the manufacturer or
supplier.
04
14-
079
UPS system
1. An uninterruptable power supply (UPS) system for the output of 15 kW.
2. The response time should be 1 ms or better.
3. The backup time should be 30 minutes for 15 kW load.
4. Long battery life and large cycle capacity batteries should be used. It will
be appreciated if the quotations for lead-acid, NiCd batteries and other
batteries are provided separately.
5. It should have the capacity for 3-phase connection.
6. The system should be maintenance free or work with minimal
maintenance.
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
9. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
10. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
11. The systems with longer warranty time will be preferred.
12. A reference list of installations in Pakistan should be provided.
01
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Advanced
Manufacturing Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-080
Procurement of Supply of Advanced Manufacturing Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Advanced Manufacturing
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No. Name and Specifications Qty
01-
080
Cold Isostatic Press (CIP)
1. A cold Isostatic press with the 200 MPa capacity for pallet pressing.
2. It should be able to exert 200 MPa for 30 minutes or more.
3. The inner diameter of the vessel should be 70-100 mm.
4. The inner length of the vessel should be 250-700mm.
5. Extra compression fluid equal to the volume of vessel or more must be
provided with the machine.
6. All accessories to perform the tests should be supplied.
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
9. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
10. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
02-
080
Tube furnace 1600 oC
1. A tube furnace with the maximum continuous operation temperature of
1600 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner diameter of the tube should be 70mm-100mm.
4. The total length of the tube should be 70cm-100cm.
5. The constant temperature zone must be at least 5 inches long. The furnace
with longer constant zone will be preferred.
6. The equipment should have stainless steel or equivalent quality vacuum
flanges and valves attached.
7. The working temperatures for vacuum, oxygen nitrogen, hydrogen, argon
atmospheres should be mentioned.
8. The materials used for heating element and tube must be reported.
9. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
10. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
11. The ceramic blocks which are placed at the ends of the tube for blocking
01
heat radiation, should have holes for the gas flow and temperature
calibration.
12. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
13. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
14. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
15. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
16. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
17. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
03-
080
Tube furnace 1400 oC
1. A tube furnace with the maximum continuous operation temperature of
1400 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner diameter of the tube should be 70mm-100mm.
4. The total length of the tube should be 70cm-100cm.
5. The constant temperature zone must be at least 5 inches long. The furnace
with longer constant zone will be preferred.
6. The equipment should have stainless steel or equivalent quality vacuum
flanges and valves attached.
7. The working temperatures for vaccum, oxygen nitrogen, hydrogen, argon
atmospheres should be mentioned.
8. The materials used for heating element and tube must be reported.
9. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
10. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
11. The ceramic blocks which are placed at the ends of the tube for blocking
heat radiation, should have holes for the gas flow and temperature
calibration.
12. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
13. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
14. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
15. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
16. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
01
Germany or UK.
17. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
04-
080
Muffle/box furnace 1700 oC
1. A tube furnace with the continuous operation temperature of 1700 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner chamber size should be from 100x100x100mm to
130x130x130mm.
4. The working temperatures for oxygen, nitrogen, argon atmospheres should
be mentioned.
5. The furnace with higher temperature uniformity will be preferred.
6. The materials used for heating element and chamber must be reported.
7. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
8. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
9. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
10. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
13. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
05-
080
Muffle/box furnace 1600 oC
1. A tube furnace with the continuous operation temperature of 1600 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner chamber size should be from 150x150x150mm to
200x200x200mm.
4. The working temperatures for oxygen, nitrogen, argon atmospheres should
be mentioned.
5. The furnace with higher temperature uniformity will be preferred.
6. The materials used for heating element and chamber must be reported.
7. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
01
8. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
9. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
10. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
13. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
06-
080
Muffle/box furnace 1450 oC
1. A tube furnace with the continuous operation temperature of 1450 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner chamber size should be from 150x150x150mm to
200x200x200mm.
4. The working temperatures for oxygen, nitrogen, argon atmospheres should
be mentioned.
5. The furnace with higher temperature uniformity will be preferred.
6. The materials used for heating element and chamber must be reported.
7. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
8. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
9. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
10. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
13. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
07-
080
Muffle/box furnace 1200 oC
1. A tube furnace with the continuous operation temperature of 1200 oC
01
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner chamber size should be from 150x150x150mm to
200x200x200mm.
4. The working temperatures for oxygen, nitrogen, argon atmospheres should
be mentioned.
5. The furnace with higher temperature uniformity will be preferred.
6. The materials used for heating element and chamber must be reported.
7. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
8. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
9. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
10. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
13. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
08-
080
Muffle/box furnace 1000 oC
1. A tube furnace with the continuous operation temperature of 1000 oC
2. The maximum temperature for 1 hour operation must be mentioned.
3. The inner chamber size should be 100x100x100mm.
4. The working temperatures for oxygen, nitrogen, argon atmospheres should
be mentioned.
5. The furnace with higher temperature uniformity will be preferred.
6. The materials used for heating element and chamber must be reported.
7. If any temperature range below maximum temperature is not suitable for
continuous operation, it must be reported. For example, operation at 700 oC for 24 hours.
8. 6 extra heating elements/rods should be provided, with the attachment
wires and high temperature insulation wool.
9. The temperature controller must have at least 5 dwell times.
10. The temperature controller should have accuracy of ±1C or better.
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
01
after installation.
13. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
09-
080
High Vacuum pump
1. Turbo high vacuum pump for the tube furnaces given above for vacuum
level better than 1E-5 torr.
2. It should be provided with all the accessories to work with the tube
furnace from 1600 oC to room temperature.
3. The continuous operation time for the pump should be mentioned.
4. Stainless steel or equivalent performance pipe should be used as connector
pipe to the furnace.
5. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
6. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
7. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
8. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
10-
080
Thermocouple for furnace calibration
1. A thermocouple for furnace calibration up to 1600 oC.
2. A digital temperature meter which shows the temperature reading must be
included.
3. The length of thermocouple should be 25 inches.
4. Thermocouple must be coated with ceramic and stable at calibration
temperature.
5. All accessories to perform the calibration must be supplied.
6. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
7. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
8. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
9. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
11-
080
High Purity Alumina coating material
1. A hard, high-temperature resistant coating material to fill the cracks in
refractory material
2. It should be able to withstand temperature exceeding 1700 oC.
3. The amount should be 500 g.
4. A complete set of manuals must be provided.
5. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
6. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
12-
080
Single crystals
1. Four pieces of KTaO3 single crystals with (100) orientation,
10x10x0.5mm size and polished from both sides.
2. Four pieces of KTaO3 single crystals with (110) orientation,
10x10x0.5mm size and polished from both sides.
3. Two pieces of KTaO3 single crystals with (111) orientation,
10x10x0.5mm size and polished from both sides.
4. Five pieces of SrTiO3 single crystals with (100) orientation, 10x10x0.5mm
size and polished from both sides.
5. Ten pieces of SrTiO3 single crystals with (110) orientation, 10x10x0.5mm
size and polished from both sides.
6. Five pieces of SrTiO3 single crystals with (111) orientation, 10x10x0.5mm
size and polished from both sides.
7. Price details for each type and orientation of single crystals must be
provided.
8. Origin of the single crystals must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or
UK.
9. Partial bid can be placed for single crystals. However, suppliers with full
bid will be preferred.
01
13-
080
High purity powders
1. High purity powders of ceramics.
2. Sodium carbonate (NaCO3) powder with purity of 99.5% . 200 g or more.
3. Potassium carbonate (KCO3) powder with purity of 99%. 200 g or more.
4. Niobium oxide (Nb2O5) powder with purity of 99.9%. 500 g or more.
5. Titanium oxide (TiO2) powder with purity of 99.8%. 200 g or more.
6. Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) powder with purity of 99.9%. 100 g or more.
7. Strontium carbonate (SrCO3) powder with purity of 99.5%. 100 g or more.
8. Zirconium oxide (ZrO2) powder with purity of 99.5%. 200 g or more.
9. Barium carbonate (BaCO3) powder with purity of 99.5%. 100 g or more.
10. Origin of the powders must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
11. Partial bid can be placed for powders. However, suppliers with full bid
01
will be preferred.
14-
080
Hot plate with magnetic stirring
1. A hotplate with magnetic stirring and a temperature range of 25-300 oC.
2. It must be suitable for continuous operation of at least 5 hrs.
3. The plate size must be 6x6 inches or larger.
4. All accessories to do the operation must be supplied.
01
15-
080
Drying oven
1. A drying oven with the continuous operation temperature of at least 250 oC
2. It must have a temperature controller with multiple dwell times.
3. Internal size of the chamber should be 50x50x50cm.
4. It must be air cooled.
5. Special atmosphere or vacuum is not required.
6. All accessories to do the operation must be supplied.
01
16-
080
High Purity Alumina Crucibles
1. High purity Alumina crucibles for 1700 oC operation are required.
2. Five boat type alumina crucibles with approximate size of 100x40x20mm,
with lid.
3. Five boat type alumina crucibles with approximate size of 100x20x20mm,
with lid.
4. Five cup/cylinder type alumina crucibles with approximate size of 40mm
dia and 40mm height, with lid.
5. Five cup/cylinder type alumina crucibles with approximate size of 60mm
dia and 60mm height, with lid.
6. Five cup/cylinder type alumina/boron nitride crucibles with approximate
size of 12mm dia and 20mm height, with lid.
7. Five cup/cylinder type alumina/boron nitride crucibles with approximate
size of 15mm dia and 15mm height, with lid.
8. Origin of the crucibles should, preferably, be of Korea, Japan, USA,
Canada, Germany or UK.
9. Partial bid can be placed for crucibles. However, suppliers with full bid
will be preferred.
10. Price details for each type of crucibles must be provided.
01
17
Agate mortar and pestle
1. An agate mortar and pestle with 5-6 inch diameter.
2. Pestle length should be 4-5 inches.
3. The mortar and pestle with good surface finish will be preferred.
01
18
Digital weighing balance
1. A digital weighing balance with 0.1 mg (0.0001g) least count.
2. Maximum weighing capacity must be mentioned. The machine with
01
higher capacity will be preferred.
3. Pan size should be around 100mm.
4. The machine must come with the glass windshield.
5. A standard weight should be provided to check the accuracy after some
period of service time.
6. It must have the accessories for the Archimedes density measurement
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
9. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
10. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
19-
080
Digital weighing balance
1. A digital weighing balance with 0.1 g least count.
2. Maximum weighing capacity must be mentioned. The machine with
higher capacity will be preferred.
3. Pan size should be more than 150mm.
4. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
5. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
6. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
7. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
20-
080
Ultrasonic cleaner
1. An ultrasonic cleaner for cleaning the lab apparatus with water.
2. The tank size should be around 300Lx200Wx200H mm (12 liter).
3. It should be supplied with a stainless steel basket, which can be placed
inside the tank
4. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
5. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
6. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
7. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
01
provided.
21-
080
Glass desiccator
1. Three glass desiccators for humidity control.
2. It should have a diameter of 12-20 inches.
3. It should be provided with the silica gel.
4. It should be provided with vacuum grease.
5. It should not be operated by electricity
01
22-
080
Low speed diamond saw/cuter
1. A low speed diamond cutter for ceramics.
2. The diameter of the blade should be 4-6 inches.
3. 5 extra blades should be included.
4. The apparatus must have the capacity to use ethanol as cooling/cleaning
liquid.
5. It must have micrometer attached for horizontal movement of the sample.
6. The sample holding grip should be able to move on its axis, to adjust the
angle of the sample to the cutting edge of the saw blade.
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
9. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
23-
080
Fume hood
1. A general purpose fume hood to remove contamination.
2. It should have dimensions of at least 50 inch length, 30 inch width and 50
inch height.
3. I must have the capacity for long term continuous operation.
4. The suction system including blower must have the origin of Korea,
Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
5. The front sliding shield should be transparent.
6. The suction system must have the capacity to keep air flow inward the
fume hood, when the shield is 8 inches open.
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
9. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
01
provided.
24-
080
Silver paste
1. Silver paste for electrical contacts.
2. The quantity should be 100 grams or more.
3. Origin of paste from Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will be
preferred.
01
25-
080
Bottle roller mixer
1. A bottle mixer with rollers for mixing of powders.
2. It should be able to rotate/roll a plastic jar/bottle of 2-4 inch diameter for
mixing of materials.
3. The rollers should have adjustable RPM speed upto 300 RPM or higher.
4. It should have at least three roller cylinders.
5. It should have the capacity for continuous operation.
6. All accessories to perform the mixing should be supplied.
7. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
8. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
9. Origin of machine from Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will
be preferred.
01
26-
080
Grinding and polishing machine
1. A grinding and polishing machine for the materials.
2. The diameter of the wheel should be 8 inches.
3. The platen should be plain.
4. It should have adjustable RPM speed upto 400 RPM or higher.
5. It should have the capacity for the water/coolant flow on the grinding
paper.
6. The machine should be corrosion resistant.
7. Non-adhesive grinding paper holding ring band should be provided.
8. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
9. Origin of machine from Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will
be preferred.
10. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
27-
080
Grinding papers
1. Silicon carbide grinding papers of multiple grit sizes for sample grinding.
01
2. The diameter of papers must be 8 inches.
3. All grit sizes are in European or P-grading.
4. Grinding papers of 5 different grit sizes of 400, 800, 1200 or 1500, 2000
or 2400, 4000 should be provided
5. 100 pieces of each size should be provided.
6. The papers should be non-adhesive.
7. Non-adhesive grinding paper holding ring band should be provided.
8. Origin of papers from Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will
be preferred.
28-
080
Polishing metal disc and cloth
1. Polishing disc and cloth for diamond polishing of hard materials and
ceramics.
2. The diameter of metallic disc and cloth should be 8 inches
3. A Soft, low-nap rayon flock polishing cloth for use with diamond to polish
ceramics. The cloth could have adhesive back and a separate metallic disc
should be provided to paste cloth on it. Or, the cloth is readily attached to
a hard disc and this can be attached and removed from the polishing
wheel/platen easily. 5-10 polishing cloths with metal discs or hard backs
should be provided.
4. Water soluble diamond suspension mixed with a propylene glycol based
lubricant should be provided. 3, 1 and 0.25 micro-meter diamond particle
sizes should be provided. All three suspensions should be 500 ml each and
supplied with the spray bottles.
5. 500 ml of medium viscosity hexylene glycol based lubricant for diamond
polishing should be provided with spray bottle.
6. Origin of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will be preferred.
01
29-
080
Sample mounting material
1. Acrylic powder and liquid for mounting of samples.
2. It should have fast curing time.
3. It should be soluble in acetone
4. It should evaporate upon heating.
5. The powder should be 1 kg and liquid should be 1 liter.
6. Origin of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will be preferred.
7. 10 reusable mounting cups of 1 inch dia should be supplied.
8. Mounting wax should be supplied.
9. Clear mounting wax will be preferred.
10. 100 grams of Wax should be provided.
01
30-
080
Steel die mold
1. Steel die molds for pallet making.
2. It must be made by hardened steel have good surface finish.
3. The cavity should have Rockwell hardness of RC 60.
4. Two die molds with 10 mm diameter.
01
5. One die with 6mm diameter.
6. One die with rectangular cross-section of 10x10mm.
7. Partial bid can be placed for die molds. However, suppliers with full bid
will be preferred
31-
080
Sieve shaker
1. A sieve shaker for the separation of powders through sieving.
2. Time and vibration amplitude should be adjustable.
3. It should be provided with all the accessories to perform the sieving.
4. Ultrasonic sieving system will be preferred. In this case, an extra HF cable
should be provided with long length to keep the ultrasonic generator away
from the sieves.
5. At least, two sieves, a lid and a pan of 8 inches (or 200 mm) diameter
must be provided. The both sieves should have same aperture size and it
could be any size from150 to 180 micro-meter.
6. The height/depth of the sieves should be 2 inches (50 mm).
7. The sieves should be made of corrosion resistant materials e.g. stainless
steel.
8. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
9. Origin of machine should, preferably, be of Japan, USA, Canada,
Germany or UK.
10. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
01
32-
080
Air compressor.
1. A portable type air compressor with the air gun.
2. It should have 30 liter (8 gallon) air volume capacity.
3. Origin of Korea, Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK will be preferred.
01
33-
080
CNC Water Jet cutting M/C
1. Cutting material (Water + Abrasives)
2. Cutting bed length 2‘ x 2‘ to 3‘x 3‘
3. Cutting pressure 300 to 400 Mpa
4. Max. Working Pressure 270 MPa
5. Electric motor 3Phase, 220 VAC
6. Pressure Ratio 1:20/1:22
7. Max.Flow 2.5‐3 L/min
8. Cutting accuracy of 0.02 to 0.04mm per M of length
9. Cutting speed 5 to 8 m/min
10. Travel in Z-axis 140mm to 200mm
11. CNC software compatible to advanced 3 D softwares e.g. pro E, Auto
desk, Solid Works etc.
01
12. Along with standard accessories & After sale service
13. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
14. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
15. Origin of machine must be of Korea, Japan, USA, Denmark, Sweden,
Canada, Germany or UK.
16. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
34-
080
Coordinate measurement machine M/C
1. 5 to 6 axis CNC
2. Working table size 600mm x 700mm to 600mm x 800mm
3. X –axis 400 to 500mm
4. y-axis 400mm to 500mm
5. Z- axis 400mm to 500mm
6. Air bearing guide
7. Table material granite or other suitable
8. Max height of work piece 400mm to 500mm
9. Compatible 3d soft wares e.g. pro E, Solid works, Auto Desk
10. Along with standard accessories such as to convert the specs to drawings
& After sale service
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
13. Origin of machine must be of Korea, Japan, USA, Denmark, Sweden,
Canada, Germany or UK.
14. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
35-
080
3D printer
1. Building model 250mmX 250mm X 250 mm
2. Modelling material easily and cheaply available in local market (powder,
solid material) & should be provided with the Printer.
3. PC along with the compatible 3D softwares e.g. Pro E, solid works,
Autodesk etc& After sale service.
4. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
01
provided.
5. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
6. Origin of machine must be of Korea, Japan, USA, Denmark, Sweden,
Canada, Germany or UK.
7. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
36-
080
Plotter printer
1. Colour of width 36‖ to 42‖
2. Origin should be European (HP, EPSON, Canon)
3. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
4. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
5. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
01
37-
080
UPS system
13. A UPS system for the output of 15 kW.
14. The response time should be 1 ms or better.
15. The backup time should be 30 minutes for 15 kW load.
16. Long battery life and large cycle capacity batteries should be used. It will
be appreciated if the quotations for lead-acid, NiCd batteries and other
batteries are provided separately.
17. It should have the capacity for 3-phase connection.
18. The system should be maintenance free or work with minimal
maintenance.
19. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
20. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
21. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
22. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
23. The systems with longer warranty time will be preferred.
24. A reference list of installations in Pakistan should be provided.
01
38-
080
Air conditioner
1. An air conditioner for cooling the lab.
2. It should be DC inverter AC with 1.5 ton capacity.
3. The compressor must be manufactured in Germany, Japan, Korea or USA.
4. Reputable international brands i.e. Samsung, LG, Toshiba, Daikin should
be supplied.
5. It should be fitted with PPR pipes.
6. Complete installation of the ACs should be done by the manufacturer or
supplier.
04
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Procurement of Supply of Advanced Simulation
Laboratory Equipment of Mechanical
Engineering Department at KFUEIT,
Rahim Yar Khan
Detailed Evaluation for Tender No. Lab-081
Procurement of Supply of Advanced Simulation Laboratory Equipment of
Mechanical Engineering Department at
KFUEIT, Rahim Yar Khan (Minimum Passing Score Required is 65 Points)
Sr. No Item Name and Description Marks Max Marks
1 Past Performance/Experience of the Bidder (Reg. with
GST/NTN) -- 10
1.1 1 – 3 year experience 2 --
1.2 4 – 8 year experience 4 --
1.3 9 – 15 years experience 6 --
1.4 Above 15 10 --
2 Relevant Experience -- 10
2.1 Project completed of similar nature in last ten years 2/project 6
2.2 Project in hand of similar nature 2/project 4
3 Financial Position/ Status -- 10
3.1 Last sales tax paid Form 4 --
3.2 Bank Certificate (satisfactory) 2 --
3.3 Statement Worth (Min 15 m) 4 --
4 After sale Services Available -- 10
5 Technical Evaluation of quoted items -- 60
5.1 Specification matched 30
5.2 Literature in printed shape attached 2.5
5.3 Reliability 2.5
5.4 Delivery schedule as per need 5
5.5 List of clients / where this equipment delivered 5
5.6 Satisfactory letter from clients in favour of such equipment 5
5.7 Guarantee / Warranty (as the case may be) 5
5.8 Provision of training to concerned user 2.5
5.9 Free Installation (if required) as per requirement 2.5
Total -- 100
Specifications of Supply of Advanced Simulation Laboratory
Equipment of Mechanical Engineering Department
Sr.
No. Name and Specifications Qty
01-
081
Computer
1. A computer for simulation work.
2. It must have Xeon v4E5 or E7 processor. The number of cores should be 8
or higher. The cache should be 24 MB or higher. The core speed should be
2.1 GHz or higher. The processor must have been launched in 2016 or
2017 year.
3. At least 64 GB RAM should be included.
4. NVIDIA Quadro graphics card with at least 8 GB memory, should be
included.
5. At least 256 GB solid state drive and 4 TB mechanical hard drive should
be included.
6. A 27 inch display screen should be included.
7. DVD writer, mouse, keyboard and similar components should be supplied.
8. Windows 10 pro should be installed.
9. Appropriate drives for all the components to work with maximum
efficiency should be installed.
10. All accessories and components required to run the simulation must be
supplied
11. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
12. Warranty of the complete system should be reported. The system with
longer warranty will be preferred.
13. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
03
02-
081
MATLAB
1. Complete MATLAB software for educational research purposes.
2. It should include Simulink
3. It should have perpetual/life time license.
4. It should be provided on DVD.
5. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
6. In case of multiple software suites from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
02
03-
081
ANSYS
1. ANSYS Software with complete Fluid Dynamics and Structural
02
Mechanics modules for educational research purposes.
2. It should have perpetual/life time license.
3. It should be provided on DVD
4. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
5. In case of multiple software suites from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
04-
081
Compress 2017
1. Compress 2017 software for designing pressure vessels and heat
exchangers for educational research purposes with all modules.
2. It should have perpetual/life time license.
3. It should be provided on DVD
4. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
5. In case of multiple software suites from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is provided.
02
05-
081
Air conditioner
1. An air conditioner for cooling the lab.
2. It should be DC inverter AC with 1.5 ton capacity.
3. The compressor must be manufactured in Germany, Japan, Korea or USA.
4. Reputable international brands i.e. Samsung, LG, Toshiba, Daikin should
be supplied.
5. It should be fitted with PPR pipes.
6. Complete installation of the ACs should be done by the manufacturer or
supplier.
04
06-
081
UPS system
25. AUPS system for the output of 15 kW.
26. The response time should be 1 ms or better.
27. The backup time should be 30 minutes for 15 kW load.
28. Long battery life and large cycle capacity batteries should be used. It will
be appreciated if the quotations for lead-acid, NiCd batteries and other
batteries are provided separately.
29. It should have the capacity for 3-phase connection.
30. The system should be maintenance free or work with minimal
maintenance.
31. A complete set of operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the
machine, both in hard copy form and soft copy on CD or DVD must be
provided.
32. Complete installation of the machine must be done by the manufacturer.
01
All test modes should be demonstrated by the manufacturer‘s personnel
after installation.
33. Origin of machine must be of Japan, USA, Canada, Germany or UK.
34. In case of multiple models from the same manufacturer meet the
requirements, it will be appreciated if quotation for each model is
provided.
35. The systems with longer warranty time will be preferred.
36. A reference list of installations in Pakistan should be provided.
Note:
All items must be of North American, Western Europe or Japanese manufacturer. The components
and/or equipment shall be newly manufactured, not used and refurbished or previously used for
demonstration. All the equipment shall be warranted for all necessary accessories and spare parts for
safe operation for at least 10 years from date of installation acceptance. The equipment shall be
delivered with all necessary supplies and accessories required for installation and start-up.
Installation, operator familiarization, and training for up to three analysts shall be included for all
modules. The vendor shall demonstrate and document upon installation that the system meets all
performance specifications, including the sensitivity specifications. The instrument shall not be
accepted until those performance specifications have been met. All instruments should have the
specifications mentioned in the tender.
Signature of Contractor
Top Related